UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
Commission File Number 001-15811
MARKEL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
A Virginia Corporation
IRS Employer Identification No. 54-1959284
4521 Highwoods Parkway, Glen Allen, Virginia 23060-6148
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (804) 747-0136
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock, no par value 7.50% Senior Debentures due 2046 New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
(title of class and name of the exchange on which registered)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | x | Accelerated filer | ¨ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | ¨ | Smaller reporting company | ¨ |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x
The aggregate market value of the shares of the registrants Common Stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2008 was approximately $3,242,985,958.
The number of shares of the registrants Common Stock outstanding at February 19, 2009: 9,814,093.
Documents Incorporated By Reference
The portions of the registrants Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 11, 2009, referred to in Part III.
Index and Cross References-Form 10-K
Annual Report
Item No. |
Page | |||||||
Part I | ||||||||
1. | Business | 12-31, 117-119 | ||||||
1A. | Risk Factors | 29-31 | ||||||
1B. | Unresolved Staff Comments | NONE | ||||||
2. | Properties (note 5) | 48 | ||||||
3. | Legal Proceedings (note 16) | 64 | ||||||
4. | Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders | NONE | ||||||
4A. | Executive Officers of the Registrant | 120 | ||||||
Part II | ||||||||
5. | Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities | 80, 117-118 | ||||||
6. | Selected Financial Data | 32-33 | ||||||
7. | Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | 81-117 | ||||||
7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk | 110-114 | ||||||
8. | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data | |||||||
The response to this item is submitted in Item 15 and on page 80. | ||||||||
9. | Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure | NONE | ||||||
9A. | Controls and Procedures | 77-79, 115 | ||||||
9B. | Other Information | NONE | ||||||
Part III | ||||||||
10. | Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance* | 120 | ||||||
Code of Conduct | 119 | |||||||
11. | Executive Compensation* | |||||||
12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters* | |||||||
13. | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence* | |||||||
14. |
Principal Accounting Fees and Services* | |||||||
*Portions of Item 10 and Items 11, 12, 13 and 14 will be incorporated by reference from the Registrants 2009 Proxy Statement pursuant to instructions G(1) and G(3) of the General Instructions to Form 10-K. | ||||||||
Part IV | ||||||||
15. | Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules | |||||||
a. | Documents filed as part of this Form 10-K | |||||||
(1) | Financial Statements | |||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 | 34 | |||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 | 35 | |||||||
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 | 36 | |||||||
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 | 37 | |||||||
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 | 38-75 | |||||||
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | 76-78 | |||||||
(2) | Schedules have been omitted since they either are not required or are not applicable, or the information called for is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto. | |||||||
(3) | See Index to Exhibits for a list of Exhibits filed as part of this report | |||||||
b. | See Index to Exhibits and Item 15a(3) | |||||||
c. | See Index to Financial Statements and Item 15a(2) |
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
We market and underwrite specialty insurance products and programs to a variety of niche markets and believe that our specialty product focus and niche market strategy enable us to develop expertise and specialized market knowledge. We seek to differentiate ourselves from competitors by our expertise, service, continuity and other value-based considerations. We compete in three segments of the specialty insurance marketplace: the Excess and Surplus Lines, the Specialty Admitted and the London markets. Our financial goals are to earn consistent underwriting profits and superior investment returns to build shareholder value.
Specialty Insurance
The specialty insurance market differs significantly from the standard market. In the standard market, insurance rates and forms are highly regulated, products and coverages are largely uniform with relatively predictable exposures and companies tend to compete for customers on the basis of price. In contrast, the specialty market provides coverage for hard-to-place risks that generally do not fit the underwriting criteria of standard carriers. For example, United States insurance regulations generally require an Excess and Surplus Lines (E&S) account to be declined by three admitted carriers before an E&S company may write the business. Hard-to-place risks written in the Specialty Admitted market cover insureds engaged in similar, but highly specialized activities who require a total insurance program not otherwise available from standard insurers or insurance products that are overlooked by large admitted carriers. Hard-to-place risks in the London market are generally distinguishable from standard risks due to the complexity or significant size of the risk.
Competition in the specialty insurance market tends to focus less on price than in the standard insurance market and considers other value-based considerations, such as availability, service and expertise. While specialty market exposures may have higher perceived insurance risks than their standard market counterparts, we manage these risks to achieve higher financial returns. To reach our financial and operational goals, we must have extensive knowledge and expertise in our chosen markets. Most of our accounts are considered on an individual basis where customized forms and tailored solutions are employed.
By focusing on the distinctive risk characteristics of our insureds, we have been able to identify a variety of niche markets where we can add value with our specialty product offerings. Examples of niche markets that we have targeted include wind and earthquake exposed commercial properties, liability coverage for highly specialized professionals, horse mortality and other horse-related risks, accident and medical coverage for students, yachts and other watercraft, high-value motorcycles and marine and energy related activities. Our market strategy in each of these areas of specialization is tailored to the unique nature of the loss exposure, coverage and services required by insureds. In each of our niche markets, we assign teams of experienced underwriters and claims specialists who provide a full range of insurance services.
Markets
The E&S market focuses on hard-to-place risks and loss exposures that generally cannot be written in the standard market. E&S eligibility allows our insurance subsidiaries to underwrite unique loss exposures with more flexible policy forms and unregulated premium rates. This typically results in coverages that are more restrictive and more expensive than coverages in the standard admitted market. In 2007, the E&S market represented approximately $37 billion, or 7%, of the approximately $500 billion United States property and casualty (P&C) industry. (1)
(1) |
U.S. Surplus Lines 2008 Market Review Special Report , A.M. Best Research (August 2008). |
12 |
We are the seventh largest E&S writer in the United States as measured by direct premium writings. (1) During 2008, our four underwriting units writing in the E&S market were: Markel Essex Excess and Surplus Lines, Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability, Markel Brokered Excess and Surplus Lines and Markel Southwest Underwriters. In 2008, we wrote $1.2 billion of business in our Excess and Surplus Lines segment.
We also write business in the Specialty Admitted market. Most of these risks, although unique and hard-to-place in the standard market, must remain with an admitted insurance company for marketing and regulatory reasons. We estimate that the Specialty Admitted market is comparable in size to the E&S market. The Specialty Admitted market is subject to more state regulation than the E&S market, particularly with regard to rate and form filing requirements, restrictions on the ability to exit lines of business, premium tax payments and membership in various state associations, such as state guaranty funds and assigned risk plans.
During 2008, our three underwriting units writing in the Specialty Admitted market were: Markel Specialty Program Insurance, Markel American Specialty Personal and Commercial Lines and Markel Global Marine and Energy. In 2008, we wrote $355 million of business in our Specialty Admitted segment.
The London market, which produced approximately $49 billion of gross written premium in 2007, is the largest insurance market in Europe and second largest in the world. (2) The London market is known for its ability to provide innovative, tailored coverage and capacity for unique and hard-to-place risks. It is primarily a broker market, which means that insurance brokers bring most of the business to the market. The London market is also largely a subscription market, which means that loss exposures brought into the market are typically insured by more than one insurance company or Lloyds syndicate, often due to the high limits of insurance coverage required. We write business on both a direct and subscription basis in the London market. When we write business in the subscription market, we prefer to participate as lead underwriter in order to control underwriting terms, policy conditions and claims handling.
In 2007, gross premium written through Lloyds syndicates generated over two-thirds of the London markets international insurance business (2) , making Lloyds the worlds second largest commercial surplus lines insurer (1) and fifth largest reinsurer. (3) Corporate capital providers often provide a majority of a syndicates capacity and also often own or control the syndicates managing agent. This structure permits the capital provider to exert greater influence on, and demand greater accountability for, underwriting results. In 2008, corporate capital providers accounted for approximately 94% of total underwriting capacity in Lloyds. (4)
We participate in the London market through Markel International, which includes Markel Capital Limited (Markel Capital) and Markel International Insurance Company Limited (MIICL). Markel Capital is the corporate capital provider for our syndicate at Lloyds, Markel Syndicate 3000, which is managed by Markel Syndicate Management Limited. In 2008, we wrote $693 million of business in our London Insurance Market segment.
In 2008, 23% of consolidated premium writings related to foreign risks (i.e., coverage for risks located outside of the United States), of which 32% were from the United Kingdom. In 2007, 24% of our premium writings related to foreign risks, of which 33% were from the United Kingdom. In 2006, 22% of our premium writings related to foreign risks, of which 36% were from the United Kingdom.
(2) |
International Financial Markets in the UK , International Financial Services of London Research (November 2008). |
(3) |
Top Ten Global Reinsurers by Net Reinsurance Premiums Written 2007 , Standard & Poors. |
(4) |
Lloyds Overview, Lloyds. |
| 13
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
BUSINESS OVERVIEW (continued)
In each of these years, the United Kingdom was the only individual foreign country from which premium writings were material. Premium writings are attributed to individual countries based upon location of risk.
Competition
We compete with numerous domestic and international insurance companies and reinsurers, Lloyds syndicates, risk retention groups, insurance buying groups, risk securitization programs and alternative self-insurance mechanisms. Competition may take the form of lower prices, broader coverages, greater product flexibility, higher quality services or higher ratings by independent rating agencies. In all of our markets, we compete by developing specialty products to satisfy well-defined market needs and by maintaining relationships with agents, brokers and insureds who rely on our expertise. This expertise is our principal means of competing. We offer over 100 major product lines. Each of these products has its own distinct competitive environment. With each of our products, we seek to compete with innovative ideas, appropriate pricing, expense control and quality service to policyholders, agents and brokers.
Few barriers exist to prevent insurers from entering our segments of the P&C industry. Market conditions and capital capacity influence the degree of competition at any point in time. Periods of intense competition, which typically include broader coverage terms, lower prices and excess underwriting capacity, are referred to as a soft market. A favorable insurance market is commonly referred to as a hard market and is characterized by stricter coverage terms, higher prices and lower underwriting capacity. During soft markets, unfavorable conditions exist due, in part, to what many perceive to be excessive amounts of capital in the industry. In an attempt to utilize their capital, many insurance companies seek to write additional premiums without appropriate regard for ultimate profitability and standard insurance companies are more willing to write specialty coverages. The opposite is typically true during hard markets.
After a decade of soft market conditions, the insurance industry experienced favorable conditions beginning in late 2000, which continued through 2003 for most product lines. During 2004, we continued to receive rate increases; however, the rate of increase slowed and, in certain lines, rates declined. In 2005, the industry showed continued signs of softening as competition became more intense. With the exception of rate increases on catastrophe-exposed business, we continued to experience increased competition throughout 2006 and 2007. In general, rates were lower in 2007 compared to 2006. Competition in the property and casualty insurance industry remained strong throughout 2008. We experienced price deterioration in virtually all of our product areas as a result of intense competition, including the increased presence of standard insurance companies in our markets. However, given the rapid deterioration in underwriting capacity as a result of the disruptions in the financial markets and losses from catastrophes during 2008, the rate of decline began to slow. In late 2008, we reviewed the pricing for all of our major product lines, and we are aggressively pursuing price increases in many product lines. When we believe the prevailing market price will not support our underwriting profit targets, the business is not written and gross written premium may decline as a result.
Underwriting Philosophy
By focusing on market niches where we have underwriting expertise, we seek to earn consistent underwriting profits. Underwriting profits are a key component of our strategy. We believe that the ability to achieve consistent underwriting profits demonstrates knowledge and expertise, commitment to superior customer service and the ability to manage insurance risk. We use underwriting profit or loss as a basis for evaluating our underwriting performance.
14 |
The combined ratio is a measure of underwriting performance and represents the relationship of incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses and underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses to earned premiums. A combined ratio less than 100% indicates an underwriting profit, while a combined ratio greater than 100% reflects an underwriting loss. In 2008, our combined ratio was 99%. See Managements Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion of our underwriting results.
The following graph compares our combined ratio to the P&C industrys combined ratio for the past five years.
Underwriting Segments
We define our underwriting segments based on the areas of the specialty insurance market in which we compete. During 2008, we had four underwriting units that competed in the Excess and Surplus Lines market, three that competed in the Specialty Admitted market and one that competed in the London market. See note 19 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional segment reporting disclosures.
For purposes of segment reporting, the Other segment includes lines of business that have been discontinued in conjunction with an acquisition. The lines were discontinued because we believed some aspect of the product, such as risk profile or competitive environment, would not allow us to earn consistent underwriting profits.
| 15
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
BUSINESS OVERVIEW (continued)
Excess and Surplus Lines Segment
Our Excess and Surplus Lines segment reported gross premium volume of $1.2 billion, earned premiums of $1.1 billion and an underwriting profit of $88.2 million in 2008.
The following underwriting units wrote business in the E&S market during 2008:
|
Markel Essex Excess and Surplus Lines (Glen Allen, VA) |
|
Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability (Deerfield, IL) |
|
Markel Brokered Excess and Surplus Lines (Red Bank, NJ) |
|
Markel Southwest Underwriters (Scottsdale, AZ) |
In early 2008, we decided to close the Markel Re unit, an underwriting unit previously writing business in the E&S market. The ongoing coverages and programs from this unit were combined into two of our existing underwriting units. Markel Res excess and umbrella program, casualty facultative placements and public entity business were transferred to the Markel Brokered Excess and Surplus Lines unit, while the alternative risk transfer programs were combined with the Markel Specialty Program Insurance unit. All business previously written by the Markel Re unit will continue to be included in the Excess and Surplus Lines segments results. See Managements Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations beginning on page 81 for further discussion regarding this decision.
Historically, the underwriting units included in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment have principally been product-focused specialists servicing brokers, agents and insureds across the United States from their respective underwriting unit locations. During 2008, we announced a multi-year operational and IT systems initiative, referred to as One Markel. Our overall goal for this initiative is to grow our business while maintaining our underwriting integrity, with unified systems greatly enhancing our ability to accomplish this goal. We believe this initiative will make doing business with us easier for our customers, streamline internal processes, reduce redundant technology and, over time, increase premium volume while reducing expenses. To accomplish these objectives, we are moving our business model to a customer-focused regional structure. In the new model, Markel underwriters with access to and expertise in all of our product offerings will be located closer to our producers.
In the first quarter of 2009, we began to transition the four underwriting units included in our Excess and Surplus Lines segment to the regional structure. Additionally, in October 2008, we opened a new regional office in Dallas, Texas, which has been used as a prototype for our regional office model. We divided the country into five regions: Northeast, Southeast, Midwest, Mid South and West. Each regional office will be responsible for serving the needs of the wholesale producers located in its region. Our regional underwriters will be able to provide our customers easy access to the majority of Markels products. Our regional teams will focus primarily on customer service, marketing and underwriting and distributing our insurance solutions. We have established a product line leadership group that has primary responsibility for developing and maintaining underwriting and pricing guidelines, as well as new product development. The product line leadership groups focus will be to ensure that the products needed by our customers are available at the regional offices and that our regional underwriting teams have the expertise to underwrite the risk or to refer risks to our product line experts as needed. The products discussed below will continue to be written in 2009, and the majority of these products will be available in each of our regional offices.
16 |
Markel Essex Excess and Surplus Lines. The Markel Essex Excess and Surplus Lines unit (Markel Essex E&S unit) focuses on the following products written predominately on a non-admitted basis: casualty, property, inland marine, ocean marine, transportation and railroad. The Markel Essex E&S units contract division writes a variety of liability coverages focusing on light-to-medium casualty exposures such as artisan contractors, habitational risks, restaurants and bars, child and adult care facilities, vacant properties, office buildings and light manufacturing operations. The contract division also writes property insurance on classes of business ranging from small, single-location accounts to large, multi-state, multi-location accounts. Property coverages consist principally of fire, allied lines, including windstorm, hail and water damage, and other specialized property coverages. In addition, the Markel Essex E&S unit offers coverages for catastrophe-exposed property risks on both an excess and primary basis, including earthquake and wind, through its Essex Special Property division. These risks are typically larger and are low frequency and high severity in nature.
The Markel Essex E&S units inland marine facility provides coverages for risks that include motor truck cargo, warehousemans legal liability, builders risk and contractors equipment. The ocean marine facility writes risks that included marinas, hull coverage, cargo and builders risk for yacht manufacturers. The transportation division focuses on physical damage coverage for all types of commercial vehicles such as trucks, buses and high-value automobiles. The railroad division writes all-risk property coverages on rolling stock and real property and liability coverages for shortline, regional, tourist and scenic railroads, as well as modern commuter rail and light rail.
The Markel Essex E&S units business is written through two distribution channels. Business written by the contract division is primarily generated by professional surplus lines general agents who have limited quoting and binding authority. The Essex Special Property, inland marine, ocean marine, transportation and railroad divisions produce business on a brokerage basis through wholesale brokers. The Markel Essex E&S unit writes the majority of its business in Essex Insurance Company, which is domiciled in Delaware and is eligible to write E&S insurance in 49 states and the District of Columbia.
| 17
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
BUSINESS OVERVIEW(continued)
Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability. The Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit focuses primarily on tailored coverages that offer unique solutions on a claims-made basis for highly specialized professions. These coverages include professional liability and errors and omissions for lawyers, architects and engineers, agents and brokers, investment advisors and other professions. The Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit also offers medical malpractice coverage for physicians and allied healthcare risks and claims-made products liability coverage focusing on start-up companies, small businesses, emerging technologies and other hard-to-place risks. In addition, the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit offers not-for-profit directors and officers liability and employment practices liability coverages. The unit also provides a full array of loss prevention programs, including consultation services that can be accessed through telephone inquiry, risk management guides and self audit forms.
Business is written nationwide on a brokerage basis through wholesale brokers. The Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit has access to both admitted and surplus lines markets in all 50 states and writes the majority of its business in Evanston Insurance Company (EIC), which is domiciled in Illinois.
Markel Brokered Excess and Surplus Lines. The Markel Brokered Excess and Surplus Lines unit focuses on the following products: primary casualty, property, excess and umbrella, environmental, taxi liability, surety reinsurance, casualty facultative reinsurance and public entity. Primary casualty coverages target hard-to-place, mid-size and large general liability and products liability exposures. Property coverages focus on non-standard property placements and commercial multi-peril policies,
18 |
as well as builders risk and habitational exposures. Monoline property business is placed on a participating, primary or excess of loss basis. Excess and umbrella products are written on both a lead and excess basis, primarily for commercial businesses. Environmental products offer a complete array of environmental coverages, including environmental consultants professional liability, contractors pollution liability and site specific environmental impairment liability. Taxi liability products provide auto liability coverage for small to medium-sized local cab fleets on either an admitted or non-admitted basis. Surety reinsurance is written in a broker market focusing on treaty placements for both national and regional surety underwriting companies. Casualty facultative placements offer coverages that possess favorable underwriting characteristics, such as control of individual risk selection and pricing. The Markel Brokered Excess and Surplus Lines unit provides product solutions to its insureds through wholesale brokers and writes the majority of its business in EIC.
Markel Southwest Underwriters. Markel Southwest Underwriters (MSU) writes commercial casualty and property coverages nationwide, focusing on businesses in the western, southwestern and southeastern United States. Casualty business consists of
light-to-medium liability exposures, including general and artisan contractors, habitational risks, office buildings, light manufacturing operations and vacant properties. MSU also writes property insurance on classes of business ranging from small, single-location risks to large, multi-state, multi-location risks. Property business consists principally of fire, allied lines, including windstorm, hail and water damage, and other specialized property coverages.
Most of MSUs business is generated by contracted professional wholesale general agents who have limited quoting and binding authority. The majority of its business is written in EIC.
| 19
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
BUSINESS OVERVIEW(continued)
Specialty Admitted Segment
Our Specialty Admitted segment reported gross premium volume of $355.1 million, earned premiums of $315.8 million and an underwriting loss of $18.2 million in 2008.
In the Specialty Admitted market, we wrote business through the following underwriting units during 2008:
|
Markel Specialty Program Insurance (Glen Allen, VA) |
|
Markel American Specialty Personal and Commercial Lines (Pewaukee, WI) |
|
Markel Global Marine and Energy (Houston, TX) |
During the fourth quarter of 2008, we decided to close the Markel Global Marine and Energy underwriting unit and placed the programs underwritten there into run-off. Markel Global Marine and Energy had $29.4 million of gross premium volume in 2008.
Markel Specialty Program Insurance. The Markel Specialty Program Insurance unit focuses on providing total insurance programs for businesses engaged in highly specialized activities. These activities typically do not fit the risk profiles of standard insurers and make complete coverage difficult to obtain from a single insurer.
The Markel Specialty Program Insurance unit is organized into four product areas that concentrate on particular markets and customer groups. The property and casualty division writes commercial coverages for youth and recreation oriented organizations, such as childrens summer camps, conference centers, YMCAs, YWCAs, Boys and Girls Clubs, child care centers, nursery schools, private and Montessori schools and gymnastics, martial arts and dance schools. This division also writes commercial coverages for social service organizations, auto repair garages, gas stations and convenience stores, used car dealers, moving and storage businesses, museums, art organizations, bed & breakfast inns and pool and spa maintenance operations. The agriculture division specializes in insurance coverages for horse-related risks, such as horse mortality coverage and property and liability coverages for farms, boarding, breeding and training facilities as well as outfitters and guides, hunting and fishing lodges and dude ranches. The accident and health division writes liability and accident insurance for amateur sports organizations, accident and medical insurance
20 |
for colleges, universities, public schools and private schools, limited benefit accident and medical insurance for selected private insurers, monoline accident and medical coverage for various niche markets, short-term medical insurance, pet health insurance,
stop-loss insurance for self-insured medical plans and medical excess reinsurance coverage. The Markel Risk Solutions facility works with select retail producers on a national basis to provide admitted market solutions to accounts having difficulty finding coverage in the standard marketplace. Accounts of various classes and sizes are written with emphasis placed on individual risk underwriting and pricing. In 2008, Markel Risk Solutions began offering a specialty underwriting facility for alternative risk transfer programs. This facility offers innovative solutions and quality products to buyers who commit significant financial resources to risk assumption through an alternative risk entity such as a captive insurance company, risk retention group or self-insured retention.
The majority of Markel Specialty Program Insurance business is produced by retail insurance agents. Management grants very limited underwriting authority to a few carefully selected agents and controls agency business through regular audits and pre-approvals. Certain products and programs are also marketed directly to consumers or through wholesale producers. Markel Specialty Program Insurance business is underwritten primarily in Markel Insurance Company (MIC). MIC is domiciled in Illinois and is licensed to write P&C insurance in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.
Markel American Specialty Personal and Commercial Lines. The Markel American Specialty Personal and Commercial Lines unit offers its insurance products in niche markets that are often overlooked by large admitted carriers and focuses its underwriting on watercraft and commercial marine, small boat and yacht, motorcycle and all-terrain vehicle (ATV), property, motor home, special event and supplemental natural disaster coverages. The watercraft program markets personal lines insurance coverage for watercraft, older boats and high performance boats. The focus of the commercial marine program is small fishing ventures, charters and small boat rentals. The yacht program is designed for experienced owners of moderately priced yachts, and the small boat program targets newer watercraft up to 26 feet. The motorcycle and ATV programs target mature riders of touring and cruising bikes and ATV riders over age 16. The property program provides coverage for mobile homes and dwellings that do not qualify for standard homeowners coverage, as well as
| 21
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
BUSINESS OVERVIEW (continued)
contents coverage for renters. The motor home program includes coverage for both personally used motor homes and motor home rental operations. The special event program offers cancellation and/or liability coverage for weddings, anniversary celebrations and other personal events. The supplemental natural disaster program offers additional living expense protection for loss due to specific named perils, including flood.
Markel American Specialty Personal and Commercial Lines products are characterized by high numbers of transactions, low average premiums and creative solutions for under-served and emerging markets. The unit distributes its watercraft, small boat and yacht, property, motor home and special event products through wholesale or specialty retail producers. The motorcycle program is marketed directly to the consumer using direct mail, Internet and telephone promotions, as well as relationships with various motorcycle manufacturers, dealers and associations. The Markel American Specialty Personal and Commercial Lines unit writes the majority of its business in Markel American Insurance Company (MAIC). MAIC is domiciled in Virginia and is licensed to write P&C business in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.
London Insurance Market Segment
Our London Insurance Market segment reported gross premium volume of $693.1 million, earned premiums of $615.8 million and an underwriting loss of $27.3 million in 2008.
22 |
This segment is comprised of Markel International, which is headquartered in London, England. In addition to eight branch offices in the United Kingdom, Markel International also has offices in Spain, Canada, Singapore and Sweden. Markel International writes specialty property, casualty, professional liability and marine insurance on a direct and reinsurance basis. Business is written worldwide with approximately 26% of writings coming from the United States.
Markel International. Markel International is comprised of the following underwriting divisions which, to better serve the needs of our customers, have the ability to write business through either MIICL or Markel Syndicate 3000:
|
Marine and Energy |
|
Non-Marine Property |
|
Professional and Financial Risks |
|
Retail |
|
Specialty |
The Marine and Energy division underwrites a portfolio of coverages for cargo, energy, hull, liability, war and specie risks. The cargo account is an international transit-based book covering many types of cargo. The energy account includes all aspects of oil and gas activities. The hull account covers physical damage to ocean-going tonnage, yachts and mortgagees interest. The liability account provides coverage for a broad range of energy liabilities, as well as traditional marine exposures including charterers, terminal operators and ship repairers. The war account covers the hulls of ships and aircraft, and other related interests, against war and associated perils. The specie account includes coverage for fine art on exhibit and in private collections, securities, bullion, precious metals, cash in transit and jewelry.
The Non-Marine Property division writes property and liability business for a wide range of insureds, providing coverage ranging from fire to catastrophe perils such as earthquake and windstorm. Business is written in either the open market or delegated authority accounts. The open market account writes direct and facultative risks, typically for Fortune 1000 companies. Open market business is written mainly on a worldwide basis by our underwriters to London brokers, with each risk being considered on its own merits. The delegated authority account focuses mainly on small commercial insureds and is written through a network of coverholders. The delegated authority account is primarily written in the United States. Coverholders underwriting this business are closely monitored, subject to audit and must adhere to strict underwriting guidelines.
The Professional and Financial Risks division underwrites professional indemnity, directors and officers liability and intellectual property coverages. The professional indemnity account offers unique solutions in four main professional classes including miscellaneous professionals and consultants, construction professionals, financial service professionals and professional practices. The miscellaneous professionals and consultants class includes coverages for a wide range of professionals including management consultants, publishers, broadcasters, pension trustees and public officials. The construction class includes coverages for surveyors, engineers, architects and estate agents. The financial services class includes coverages for insurance brokers, insurance agents, financial consultants, stockbrokers, fund managers, venture capitalists and bankers. The professional practices class includes coverages for accountants and solicitors. The directors and officers liability account offers coverage to public, private and non-profit companies of all sizes on either an individual or blanket basis. The Professional and Financial Risks division writes business on a worldwide basis, limiting exposure in the United States.
| 23
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
BUSINESS OVERVIEW (continued)
The Retail division offers a full range of professional liability products, including professional indemnity, directors and officers liability and employment practices liability, through seven branch offices in England and one branch office in Scotland. In addition, coverage is provided for small to medium-sized commercial property risks on both a stand-alone and package basis. The branch offices provide insureds and brokers with direct access to decision-making underwriters who possess specialized knowledge of their local markets.
The Specialty division provides property treaty reinsurance on an excess of loss and proportional basis for per risk and catastrophe exposures. A significant portion of the divisions excess of loss catastrophe and per risk treaty business comes from the United States with the remainder coming from international property treaties. The Specialty division also offers direct coverage for a number of specialist classes including financial institutions, contingency and other special risks.
Reinsurance
We purchase reinsurance in order to reduce our retention on individual risks and enable us to write policies with sufficient limits to meet policyholder needs. As part of our underwriting philosophy, we seek to offer products with limits that do not require significant amounts of reinsurance. We purchase catastrophe reinsurance coverage for our catastrophe-exposed policies, and we seek to manage our exposures under this coverage so that no exposure to any one reinsurer is material to our ongoing business. Over the past several years, as the capital of our insurance subsidiaries has grown, we have reduced the amount of reinsurance that we purchase. As a result, our retention of gross premium volume has increased consistent with our strategy to retain more of our profitable business. We do not purchase or sell finite reinsurance products or use other structures that would have the effect of discounting loss reserves.
The ceding of insurance does not legally discharge us from our primary liability for the full amount of the policies, and we will be required to pay the loss and bear collection risk if the reinsurer fails to meet its obligations under the reinsurance agreement. We attempt to minimize credit exposure to reinsurers through adherence to internal reinsurance guidelines. To become our reinsurance partner, prospective companies generally must: (i) maintain an A.M. Best Company (Best) or Standard & Poors (S&P) rating of A (excellent); (ii) maintain minimum capital and surplus of $500 million and (iii) provide collateral for recoverables in excess of an individually established amount. In addition, certain foreign reinsurers for our United States insurance operations must provide collateral equal to 100% of recoverables, with the exception of reinsurers who have been granted authorized status by an insurance companys state of domicile. Lloyds syndicates generally must have a minimum of a B rating from Moodys Investors Service (Moodys) to be our reinsurers.
When appropriate, we pursue reinsurance commutations that involve the termination of ceded reinsurance contracts. Our commutation strategy related to ceded reinsurance contracts is to reduce credit exposure and eliminate administrative expenses associated with the run-off of reinsurance placed with certain reinsurers.
The following table displays balances recoverable from our ten largest reinsurers by group at December 31, 2008. The contractual obligations under reinsurance agreements are typically with individual subsidiaries of the group or syndicates at Lloyds and are not typically guaranteed by other group members or syndicates at Lloyds. These ten reinsurance groups represent approximately 71% of our $1.1 billion reinsurance recoverable balance.
24 |
Reinsurers |
A.M. Best
Rating |
Reinsurance
Recoverable |
|||
(dollars in thousands) |
|||||
Munich Re Group |
A+ | $ | 177,290 | ||
Lloyds of London |
A | 102,937 | |||
Swiss Re Group |
A+ | 101,013 | |||
Fairfax Financial Group |
A | 100,979 | |||
XL Capital Group |
A | 72,900 | |||
Ace Group |
A+ | 54,579 | |||
HDI Group |
A | 53,717 | |||
White Mountains Insurance Group |
A- | 45,331 | |||
W.R. Berkley Group |
A+ | 41,212 | |||
Everest Re Group |
A+ | 34,563 | |||
Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses for ten largest reinsurers |
784,521 | ||||
Total reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses |
$ | 1,098,748 | |||
Reinsurance recoverable balances for the ten largest reinsurers are shown before consideration of balances owed to reinsurers and any potential rights of offset, any collateral held by us and allowances for bad debts.
Reinsurance treaties are generally purchased on an annual basis and are subject to yearly renegotiations. In most circumstances, the reinsurer remains responsible for all business produced prior to termination. Treaties typically contain provisions concerning ceding commissions, required reports to reinsurers, responsibility for taxes, arbitration in the event of a dispute and provisions that allow us to demand that a reinsurer post letters of credit or assets as security if a reinsurer becomes an unauthorized reinsurer under applicable regulations or if their rating falls below an acceptable level.
See note 15 of the notes to consolidated financial statements and Managements Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for additional information about our reinsurance programs and exposures.
Investments
Our business strategy recognizes the importance of both consistent underwriting profits and superior investment returns to build shareholder value. We rely on sound underwriting practices to produce investable funds while minimizing underwriting risk. Approximately two-thirds of our investable assets come from premiums paid by policyholders. Policyholder funds are invested predominately in high-quality corporate, government and municipal bonds with relatively short durations. The balance, comprised of shareholder funds, is available to be invested in equity securities, which over the long run, have produced higher returns relative to fixed maturity investments. We seek to invest in profitable companies, with honest and talented management, that exhibit reinvestment opportunities and capital discipline, at reasonable prices. We intend to hold these investments over the long term. The investment portfolio is managed by company officers.
Total investment return includes items that impact net income (loss), such as net investment income and net realized investment gains or losses, as well as changes in unrealized holding gains or losses, which do not impact net income (loss). In 2008, net investment income was $283.7 million and net realized investment losses were $407.6 million. During the year ended December 31, 2008,
| 25
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
BUSINESS OVERVIEW (continued)
net unrealized holding gains on the investment portfolio decreased by $507.5 million. We do not lower the quality of our investment portfolio in order to enhance or maintain yields. We focus on long-term total investment return, understanding that the level of realized and unrealized investment gains or losses may vary from one period to the next.
We believe our investment performance is best analyzed from the review of total investment return over several years. The following table presents taxable equivalent
A NNUAL T AXABLE E QUIVALENT T OTAL I NVESTMENT R ETURNS
Years Ended December 31, |
Weighted
Average Five-Year Annual |
Weighted
Average Ten-Year Annual |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | Return | Return | ||||||||||||||||||||
Equities |
15.2 | % | (0.3 | %) | 25.9 | % | (0.4 | %) | (34.0 | %) | 0.4 | % | 3.6 | % | ||||||||||||
Fixed maturities (1) |
4.8 | % | 3.9 | % | 5.2 | % | 5.6 | % | 0.2 | % | 3.9 | % | 5.0 | % | ||||||||||||
Investments in affiliates |
| | 13.2 | % | 8.1 | % | 3.4 | % | | | ||||||||||||||||
Total portfolio, before foreign currency effect |
6.6 | % | 2.9 | % | 9.6 | % | 4.1 | % | (6.9 | %) | 3.0 | % | 4.6 | % | ||||||||||||
Total portfolio |
7.9 | % | 1.5 | % | 11.2 | % | 4.8 | % | (9.6 | %) | 2.8 | % | 4.7 | % | ||||||||||||
Ending portfolio balance (in millions) |
$ | 6,317 | $ | 6,588 | $ | 7,535 | $ | 7,788 | $ | 6,908 | ||||||||||||||||
(1) |
Includes short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. |
Taxable equivalent total investment return provides a measure of investment performance that considers the yield of both taxable and tax-exempt investments on an equivalent basis.
We monitor our portfolio to ensure that credit risk does not exceed prudent levels. S&P and Moodys provide corporate and municipal debt ratings based on their assessments of the credit quality of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. S&Ps ratings range from AAA (capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong) to D (debt is in payment default). Securities with ratings of BBB or higher are referred to as investment grade securities. Debt rated BB and below is regarded by S&P as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Moodys ratings range from Aaa to C with ratings of Baa or higher considered investment grade.
Our fixed maturity portfolio has an average rating of AA, with approximately 90% rated A or better by at least one nationally recognized rating organization. Our policy is to invest in investment grade securities and to minimize investments in fixed maturities that are unrated or rated below investment grade. At December 31, 2008, approximately 2% of our fixed maturity portfolio was unrated or rated below investment grade. Our fixed maturity portfolio includes securities issued with financial guaranty insurance. We purchase fixed maturities based on our assessment of the credit quality of the underlying assets without regard to insurance.
26 |
The following chart presents our fixed maturity portfolio, at estimated fair value, by rating category at December 31, 2008.
See Market Risk Disclosures in Managements Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for additional information about investments.
Shareholder Value
Our financial goals are to earn consistent underwriting profits and superior investment returns to build shareholder value. More specifically, we measure financial success by our ability to compound growth in book value per share at a high rate of return over a long period of time. We recognize that it is difficult to grow book value consistently each year, so we measure ourselves over a
five-year period. We believe that growth in book value per share is the most comprehensive measure of our success because it includes all underwriting and investing results. For the year ended December 31, 2008, book value per share decreased 16% primarily due to a $329.9 million decrease in net unrealized holding gains, net of taxes, and net loss of $58.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2007, book value per share increased 15% primarily due to net income of $405.7 million partially offset by a $74.0 million decrease in net unrealized holding gains, net of taxes. Over the past five years, we have grown book value per share at a compound annual rate of 10% to $222.20 per share.
The following graph presents book value per share for the past five years.
| 27
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
BUSINESS OVERVIEW (continued)
Regulatory Environment
Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation and supervision by the insurance regulatory authorities of the various jurisdictions in which they conduct business. This regulation is intended for the benefit of policyholders rather than shareholders or holders of debt securities.
United States Insurance Regulation. In the United States, state regulatory authorities have broad regulatory, supervisory and administrative powers relating to solvency standards, the licensing of insurers and their agents, the approval of forms and policies used, the nature of, and limitations on, insurers investments, the form and content of annual statements and other reports on the financial condition of such insurers and the establishment of loss reserves. Additionally, the business written in the Specialty Admitted segment typically is subject to regulatory rate and form review.
As an insurance holding company, we are also subject to certain state laws. Under these laws, insurance departments may, at any time, examine us, require disclosure of material transactions, require approval of certain extraordinary transactions, such as extraordinary dividends from our insurance subsidiaries to us, or require approval of changes in control of an insurer or an insurance holding company. Generally, control for these purposes is defined as ownership or voting power of 10% or more of a companys shares.
The laws of the domicile states of our insurance subsidiaries govern the amount of dividends that may be paid to our holding company, Markel Corporation. Generally, statutes in the domicile states of our insurance subsidiaries require prior approval for payment of extraordinary as opposed to ordinary dividends. At December 31, 2008, our United States insurance subsidiaries could pay up to $99.6 million during the following 12 months under the ordinary dividend regulations.
United Kingdom Insurance Regulation. With the enactment of the Financial Services and Markets Act, the United Kingdom government authorized the Financial Services Authority (FSA) to supervise all securities, banking and insurance businesses, including Lloyds. The FSA oversees compliance with established periodic auditing and reporting requirements, risk assessment reviews, minimum solvency margins and individual capital assessment requirements, dividend restrictions, restrictions governing the appointment of key officers, restrictions governing controlling ownership interests and various other requirements. Both MIICL and Markel Syndicate Management Limited are authorized and regulated by the FSA. We are required to provide 14 days advance notice to the FSA for any dividends from MIICL. In addition, our foreign insurance subsidiaries must comply with the United Kingdom Companies Act of 1985, which provides that dividends may only be paid out of distributable profits.
Other Regulation. In connection with our investment in First Market Bank, a thrift institution based in Richmond, VA, we became a thrift holding company under the Home Owners Loan Act. As a thrift holding company, we are subject to regulatory oversight by the Office of Thrift Supervision and to regulations regarding acquisition of control similar to those applicable to insurance holding companies.
Ratings
Financial stability and strength are important purchase considerations of policyholders and insurance agents and brokers. Because an insurance premium paid today purchases coverage for losses that might not be paid for many years, the financial viability of the insurer is of critical concern. Various independent rating agencies provide information and assign ratings to assist buyers in their search for financially sound insurers. Rating agencies periodically re-evaluate assigned ratings based upon changes in the insurers operating results, financial condition or other significant factors influencing
28 |
the insurers business. Changes in assigned ratings could have an adverse impact on an insurers ability to write new business.
Best assigns financial strength ratings (FSRs) to P&C insurance companies based on quantitative criteria such as profitability, leverage and liquidity, as well as qualitative assessments such as the spread of risk, the adequacy and soundness of reinsurance, the quality and estimated market value of assets, the adequacy of loss reserves and surplus and the competence, experience and integrity of management. Bests FSRs range from A++ (superior) to F (in liquidation).
Best has assigned our United States insurance subsidiaries a group FSR of A (excellent). Markel Syndicate 3000 and MIICL have each been assigned an FSR of A (excellent) by Best.
In addition to Best, our United States insurance subsidiaries are rated A (high) by Fitch Ratings (Fitch), an independent rating agency. MIICL has also been assigned an FSR of A (high) by Fitch.
The various rating agencies typically charge companies fees for the rating and other services they provide. During 2008, we paid rating agencies, including Best and Fitch, $0.4 million for their services.
A wide range of factors could materially affect our future prospects and performance. The matters addressed under Safe Harbor and Cautionary Statements, Critical Accounting Estimates and Market Risk Disclosures in Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and other information included or incorporated in this report describe most of the significant risks that could affect our operations and financial results. We are also subject to the following risks.
We may experience losses from catastrophes. Because we are a property and casualty insurance company, we experience losses from man-made or natural catastrophes. Catastrophes may have a material adverse effect on operations. Catastrophes include windstorms, hurricanes, earthquakes, tornadoes, hail, severe winter weather and fires and may include terrorist events. We cannot predict how severe a particular catastrophe will be before it occurs. The extent of losses from catastrophes is a function of the total amount of losses incurred, the number of insureds affected, the frequency and severity of the events, the effectiveness of our catastrophe risk management program and the adequacy of our reinsurance coverage. Most catastrophes occur over a small geographic area; however, some catastrophes may produce significant damage in large, heavily populated areas.
Our results may be affected because actual insured losses differ from our loss reserves. Significant periods of time often elapse between the occurrence of an insured loss, the reporting of the loss to us and our payment of that loss. To recognize liabilities for unpaid losses, we establish reserves as balance sheet liabilities representing estimates of amounts needed to pay reported and unreported losses and the related loss adjustment expenses. The process of estimating loss reserves is a difficult and complex exercise involving many variables and subjective judgments. As part of the reserving process, we review historical data and consider the impact of such factors as:
|
trends in claim frequency and severity, |
|
changes in operations, |
|
emerging economic and social trends, |
|
uncertainties relating to asbestos and environmental exposures, |
|
inflation, and |
|
changes in the regulatory and litigation environments. |
| 29
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
BUSINESS OVERVIEW (continued)
This process assumes that past experience, adjusted for the effects of current developments and anticipated trends, is an appropriate basis for predicting future events. There is no precise method, however, for evaluating the impact of any specific factor on the adequacy of reserves, and actual results will differ from original estimates. As part of the reserving process, we regularly review our loss reserves and make adjustments as necessary. Future increases in reserves will result in additional charges to earnings.
We are subject to regulation by insurance regulatory authorities that may affect our ability to implement our business objectives. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to supervision and regulation by the insurance regulatory authorities in the various jurisdictions in which they conduct business. This regulation is intended for the benefit of policyholders rather than shareholders or holders of debt securities. Insurance regulatory authorities have broad regulatory, supervisory and administrative powers relating to solvency standards, licensing, policy rates and forms and the form and content of financial reports. In light of current economic conditions, regulatory and legislative authorities are considering enhanced or new regulatory requirements intended to prevent future crises or otherwise assure the stability of financial institutions. Regulatory authorities also may seek to exercise their supervisory or enforcement authority in new or more aggressive ways, such as imposing increased capital requirements. Any such actions, if they occurred, could affect the competitive market and the way we conduct our business and manage our capital. As a result, such actions could materially affect our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Our ability to make payments on debt or other obligations depends on the receipt of funds from our subsidiaries. We are a holding company, and substantially all of our operations are conducted through our regulated subsidiaries. As a result, our cash flow and the ability to service our debt are dependent upon the earnings of our subsidiaries and on the distribution of earnings, loans or other payments by our subsidiaries to us. In addition, payment of dividends by our insurance subsidiaries may require prior regulatory notice or approval.
Competition in the property and casualty insurance industry could adversely affect our ability to grow or maintain premium volume. Among our competitive strengths have been our specialty product focus and our niche market strategy. These strengths also make us vulnerable in periods of intense competition to actions by other insurance companies who seek to write additional premiums without appropriate regard for ultimate profitability. During soft markets, it is very difficult for us to grow or maintain premium volume levels without sacrificing underwriting profits. In 2009, we intend to aggressively pursue price increases in many product lines. If we are not successful in achieving our targeted rate increases, it may be difficult for us to improve underwriting margins and grow or maintain premium volume levels.
We invest a significant portion of our invested assets in equity securities, which may result in significant variability in our investment results and may adversely impact shareholders equity. Additionally, our equity investment portfolio is concentrated and declines in value on these significant investments could adversely affect our financial results. Equity securities were 49% and 70% of our shareholders equity at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Equity securities have historically produced higher returns than fixed maturities; however, investing in equity securities may result in significant variability in investment returns from one period to the next. If the current levels of market volatility persist, we could experience significant declines in the fair value of our equity investment portfolio, which would result in a material decrease in shareholders equity. Additionally, if the fair value of our equity portfolio declines significantly, we may have unrealized holding losses for which we are unable to record a deferred tax asset. Our equity portfolio is concentrated in particular issuers and industries and, as a result, a decline in the fair value of these significant investments also could result in a material decrease in shareholders equity. A material decrease in shareholders equity may adversely impact our ability to carry out our business plans.
30 |
Continued deterioration in the public debt and equity markets could lead to additional investment losses and adverse effects on our business. The severe downturn in the public debt and equity markets, reflecting uncertainties associated with the mortgage and credit crises, worsening economic conditions, widening of credit spreads, bankruptcies and government intervention in large financial institutions, has resulted in significant realized and unrealized losses in our investment portfolio. Depending on future market conditions, we could incur substantial additional realized and unrealized losses in future periods, which would have an adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, debt and financial strength ratings, insurance subsidiaries capital and ability to access capital markets. In addition, because of adverse conditions in the financial services industry, access to capital has generally become more difficult, which may adversely affect our ability to take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.
If we are not successful in the implementation of our One Markel initiative, we may experience increased costs, a decline in premium volume or increased internal control risk. Our One Markel initiative involves transitioning the business model for our E&S units to a customer-focused, regional strategy. In the new model, our underwriters will have access to and expertise in all of our product offerings and will be located closer to our producers. The overall goal of One Markel is to grow our business while maintaining our underwriting integrity, with unified systems greatly enhancing our ability to accomplish this goal. We expect to incur higher expenses in the short term as we implement our new model and systems; however, if we are unsuccessful in implementing One Markel, we could also experience one or more of the following: increased costs due to delays or disruptions from system conversions, lower underwriting profits if we cannot maintain our underwriting standards under the new model and decreased premium volume if we are unable to successfully transition our producers to the new model. In addition, adopting this new business model and implementing new information technology systems in support of this initiative will change the design of our system of internal controls, which may increase internal control risk for a period of time.
Associates
At December 31, 2008, we had approximately 2,000 employees.
As a service organization, our continued profitability and growth are dependent upon talented and enthusiastic associates who share our common value system as outlined in the Markel Style. We have structured incentive compensation plans and stock purchase plans to encourage associates to achieve corporate objectives and think and act like owners. Associates are offered many opportunities to become shareholders. Associates eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan receive one-third of our contribution in Markel stock and may purchase stock with their own contributions. Stock also may be acquired through a payroll deduction plan, and associates (other than executive officers and directors as precluded by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) are given the opportunity to purchase stock through loans financed by us with a partially subsidized interest rate. Under our incentive compensation plans, associates may earn a meaningful bonus based on individual and company performance. For some of our executive officers and other members of senior management, part of that bonus consists of restricted stock unit awards. Additionally, executive officers and other members of senior management are required to hold Markel stock in amounts that represent a substantial multiple of their annual compensation. We estimate that associates, including executive officers and directors, owned more than 10% of our outstanding shares at December 31, 2008. We believe that employee stock ownership and rewarding value-added performance align associates interests with the interests of non-employee shareholders.
| 31
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (dollars in millions, except per share data) (1, 2)
(1) |
Reflects our acquisition of Terra Nova (Bermuda) Holdings Ltd. (March 24, 2000) using the purchase method of accounting. Terra Nova (Bermuda) Holdings Ltd. was acquired in part by the issuance of 1.8 million common shares. We also issued 2.5 million common shares with net proceeds of $408 million in 2001. |
(2) |
In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, we discontinued the amortization of goodwill as of January 1, 2002. |
(3) |
Operating Performance Measures provide a basis for management to evaluate our performance. The method we use to compute these measures may differ from the methods used by other companies. See further discussion of managements evaluation of these measures in Managements Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. |
32 |
2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 |
10-Year
CAGR (4) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 1,938 | $ | 2,054 | $ | 1,864 | $ | 1,549 | $ | 1,207 | $ | 939 | $ | 437 | 20 | % | ||||||||||||||
242 | 204 | 183 | 170 | 171 | 154 | 88 | 15 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
2,200 | 2,262 | 2,092 | 1,770 | 1,397 | 1,094 | 524 | 16 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
148 | 165 | 123 | 75 | (126 | ) | (28 | ) | 41 | | ||||||||||||||||||||
64 | 273 | 222 | 73 | (77 | ) | 81 | (40 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 14.80 | $ | 16.41 | $ | 12.31 | $ | 7.53 | $ | (14.73 | ) | $ | (3.99 | ) | $ | 7.20 | | |||||||||||||
$ | 6,588 | $ | 6,317 | $ | 5,350 | $ | 4,314 | $ | 3,591 | $ | 3,136 | $ | 1,625 | 17 | % | ||||||||||||||
9,814 | 9,398 | 8,532 | 7,409 | 6,441 | 5,473 | 2,455 | 17 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
5,864 | 5,482 | 4,930 | 4,367 | 3,700 | 3,037 | 1,344 | 19 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
99 | 95 | 91 | 86 | 116 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
609 | 610 | 522 | 404 | 265 | 573 | 168 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
141 | 150 | 150 | 150 | 150 | 150 | 150 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
1,705 | 1,657 | 1,382 | 1,159 | 1,085 | 752 | 383 | 18 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
9,799 | 9,847 | 9,847 | 9,832 | 9,820 | 7,331 | 5,590 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 174.04 | $ | 168.22 | $ | 140.38 | $ | 117.89 | $ | 110.50 | $ | 102.63 | $ | 68.59 | 11 | % | ||||||||||||||
3 | % | 20 | % | 19 | % | 7 | % | 8 | % | 50 | % | (11 | %) | | |||||||||||||||
11 | % | 20 | % | 13 | % | 13 | % | 18 | % | 21 | % | 22 | % | | |||||||||||||||
$ | 317.05 | $ | 364.00 | $ | 253.51 | $ | 205.50 | $ | 179.65 | $ | 181.00 | $ | 155.00 | | |||||||||||||||
101 | % | 96 | % | 99 | % | 103 | % | 124 | % | 114 | % | 101 | % | | |||||||||||||||
4 | % | 4 | % | 4 | % | 4 | % | 5 | % | 6 | % | 5 | % | | |||||||||||||||
2 | % | 8 | % | 11 | % | 8 | % | 8 | % | 12 | % | (1 | %) | | |||||||||||||||
3.9 | 3.8 | 3.9 | 3.7 | 3.3 | 4.2 | 4.2 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
33 | % | 34 | % | 36 | % | 36 | % | 33 | % | 49 | % | 45 | % | | |||||||||||||||
(4) |
CAGRcompound annual growth rate. |
(5) |
The U.S. GAAP combined ratio measures the relationship of incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses and underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses to earned premiums. |
(6) |
Investment yield reflects net investment income as a percentage of average invested assets. |
(7) |
Taxable equivalent total investment return includes net investment income, realized investment gains or losses, the change in fair value of the investment portfolio and the effect of foreign currency exchange rate movements during the period as a percentage of average invested assets. Tax-exempt interest and dividend payments are grossed up using the U.S. corporate tax rate to reflect an equivalent taxable yield. |
(8) |
Investment leverage represents total invested assets divided by shareholders equity. |
| 33
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
34 |
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
| 35
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
Common
Shares |
Common
Stock |
Retained
Earnings |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income |
Total | ||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||
Shareholders Equity at January 1, 2006 |
9,799 | $ | 743,503 | $ | 669,057 | $ | 292,873 | $ | 1,705,433 | |||||||||
Net income |
| | 392,502 | | 392,502 | |||||||||||||
Net unrealized gains on investments, net of taxes |
| | | 159,973 | 159,973 | |||||||||||||
Currency translation adjustments, net of taxes |
| | | (1,680 | ) | (1,680 | ) | |||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
550,795 | |||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
(140 | ) | | (45,880 | ) | | (45,880 | ) | ||||||||||
Conversion of convertible notes payable |
335 | 108,842 | | | 108,842 | |||||||||||||
Restricted stock units expensed |
| 1,342 | | | 1,342 | |||||||||||||
Tax benefit on closed stock option plans |
| 874 | | | 874 | |||||||||||||
Adjustment to initially apply FASB Statement No. 158, net of taxes |
| | | (25,013 | ) | (25,013 | ) | |||||||||||
Shareholders Equity at December 31, 2006 |
9,994 | 854,561 | 1,015,679 | 426,153 | 2,296,393 | |||||||||||||
Net income |
| | 405,669 | | 405,669 | |||||||||||||
Net unrealized losses on investments, net of taxes |
| | | (73,961 | ) | (73,961 | ) | |||||||||||
Currency translation adjustments, net of taxes |
| | | 3,793 | 3,793 | |||||||||||||
Change in net actuarial pension loss, net of taxes |
| | | 1,546 | 1,546 | |||||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
337,047 | |||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
12 | 5,626 | | | 5,626 | |||||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
(49 | ) | | (24,210 | ) | | (24,210 | ) | ||||||||||
Cumulative effect of adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48 |
| 2,831 | 20,131 | | 22,962 | |||||||||||||
Restricted stock units expensed |
| 2,812 | | | 2,812 | |||||||||||||
Tax benefit on closed stock option plans |
| 532 | | | 532 | |||||||||||||
Shareholders Equity at December 31, 2007 |
9,957 | 866,362 | 1,417,269 | 357,531 | 2,641,162 | |||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | (58,767 | ) | | (58,767 | ) | |||||||||||
Net unrealized losses on investments, net of taxes |
| | | (329,869 | ) | (329,869 | ) | |||||||||||
Currency translation adjustments, net of taxes |
| | | (7,893 | ) | (7,893 | ) | |||||||||||
Change in net actuarial pension loss, net of taxes |
| | | (6,740 | ) | (6,740 | ) | |||||||||||
Comprehensive loss |
(403,269 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
10 | | | | | |||||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
(153 | ) | | (60,601 | ) | | (60,601 | ) | ||||||||||
Restricted stock units expensed |
| 2,187 | | | 2,187 | |||||||||||||
Tax benefit on closed stock option plans |
| 938 | | | 938 | |||||||||||||
Tax benefit on vested restricted stock units |
| 257 | | | 257 | |||||||||||||
S HAREHOLDERS E QUITY AT D ECEMBER 31, 2008 |
9,814 | $ | 869,744 | $ | 1,297,901 | $ | 13,029 | $ | 2,180,674 | |||||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
36 |
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
| 37
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Markel Corporation markets and underwrites specialty insurance products and programs to a variety of niche markets and operates in three segments of the specialty insurance marketplace: the Excess and Surplus Lines, the Specialty Admitted and the London markets.
a) Basis of Presentation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of Markel Corporation and all subsidiaries (the Company). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
b) Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management periodically reviews its estimates and assumptions. These reviews include evaluating the adequacy of reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, litigation contingencies, the reinsurance allowance for doubtful accounts and income tax liabilities, as well as analyzing the recoverability of deferred tax assets, assessing goodwill for impairment and evaluating the investment portfolio for other-than-temporary declines in estimated fair value. Actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions used in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
c) Investments. Investments, other than investments in affiliates, are considered available-for-sale and are recorded at estimated fair value. The net unrealized gains or losses on investments, net of deferred income taxes, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders equity. A decline in the fair value of any investment below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary is charged to earnings, resulting in a new cost basis for the security.
Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the lives of the related fixed maturities as an adjustment to the yield using the effective interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized investment gains or losses are included in earnings and are derived using the first-in, first-out method.
d) Investments in Affiliates. Investments in affiliates include investments in companies accounted for under the equity method of accounting. In applying the equity method, investments are recorded at cost and subsequently increased or decreased by the Companys proportionate share of the net income or loss of the investee. The Company records its proportionate share of net income or loss of the investee in net investment income. The Company records its proportionate share of other comprehensive income or loss of the investee as a component of its other comprehensive income (loss). Dividends or other equity distributions are recorded as a reduction of the investment. The Company reviews investments in affiliates for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that a decline in the fair value of the investment below its carrying value is other-than-temporary.
e) Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all investments with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. The carrying value of the Companys cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.
38 |
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
f) Reinsurance Recoverables. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the claim liability associated with the reinsured business. Allowances are established for amounts deemed uncollectible and reinsurance recoverables are recorded net of these allowances. The Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentration risk to minimize its exposure to significant losses from individual reinsurers.
g) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs. Costs directly related to the acquisition of insurance premiums, such as commissions to agents and brokers, are deferred and amortized over the related policy period, generally one year. Commissions received related to reinsurance premiums ceded are netted against broker commissions and other acquisition costs in determining acquisition costs eligible for deferral. To the extent that future policy revenues on existing policies are not adequate to cover related costs and expenses, deferred policy acquisition costs are charged to earnings. The Company does not consider anticipated investment income in determining whether a premium deficiency exists.
h) Goodwill and Intangible Assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. The Company completes its annual test during the fourth quarter of each year based upon the results of operations through September 30. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, generally three to five years, and are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable.
i) Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (generally, the life of the lease for leasehold improvements, three to five years for furniture and equipment and three to ten years for other property).
j) Income Taxes. The Company records deferred income taxes to reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when management believes it is more likely than not that some, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by tax authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. Tax positions that meet the more likely than not threshold are then measured using a probability weighted approach, whereby the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement is recognized. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.
k) Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses. Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are based on evaluations of reported claims and estimates for losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred but not reported. Estimates for losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred but not reported are based on reserve development studies, among other things. The Company does not discount reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses to reflect estimated present value. The reserves recorded are estimates, and the ultimate liability may be greater than or less than the estimates.
| 39
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
l) Revenue Recognition. Insurance premiums are earned on a pro rata basis over the policy period, generally one year. The cost of reinsurance is initially recorded as prepaid reinsurance premiums and is amortized over the reinsurance contract period in proportion to the amount of insurance protection provided. Premiums ceded are netted against premiums written. The Company uses the periodic method to account for assumed reinsurance from foreign reinsurers. The Companys foreign reinsurers provide sufficient information to record foreign assumed business in the same manner as the Company records assumed business from United States reinsurers.
m) Stock-based Compensation. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized as part of underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expense, net of taxes, was $1.3 million in 2008, $2.9 million in 2007 and $1.8 million in 2006.
n) Foreign Currency Translation. The functional currencies of the Companys foreign operations are the currencies in which the majority of their business is transacted. Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into the United States Dollar using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated using the average exchange rate for the period. Gains or losses from translating the financial statements of foreign operations are included, net of tax, in shareholders equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a foreign currency, other than a functional currency, are included in net income (loss).
The Company manages its exposure to foreign currency risk primarily by matching assets and liabilities denominated in the same currency. To the extent that assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are not matched, the Company is exposed to foreign currency risk. For functional currencies, the related exchange rate fluctuations are reflected in other comprehensive income (loss).
o) Derivative Financial Instruments. Derivative instruments, including derivative instruments resulting from hedging activities, are measured at fair value and recognized as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The changes in fair value of derivatives are recognized in earnings unless the derivative is designated as a hedge and qualifies for hedge accounting.
The Companys foreign currency forward contracts are designated and qualified as hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation. The effective portion of the change in fair value resulting from these hedges is reported in currency translation adjustments as part of other comprehensive income (loss). The ineffective portion of the change in fair value is recognized in earnings.
p) Comprehensive Income (Loss). Comprehensive income (loss) represents all changes in equity that result from recognized transactions and other economic events during the period. Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under U.S. GAAP are included in comprehensive income (loss) but excluded from net income (loss), such as unrealized gains or losses on investments in fixed maturities and equity securities, foreign currency translation adjustments and changes in net actuarial pension loss.
40 |
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
q) Net Income (Loss) Per Share. Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the year. Prior to the conversion of the Companys convertible notes payable in December 2006, diluted net income per share reflected the application of the if-converted method as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (Statement) No. 128, Earnings Per Share .
r) Recent Accounting Pronouncements. In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations , which establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree. Statement No. 141 (revised 2007) also establishes disclosure requirements to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of business combinations. For the Company, Statement No. 141 (revised 2007) applies prospectively to business combinations completed on or after January 1, 2009.
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . Statement No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure specified financial instruments and certain other eligible items at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. The Company did not elect the fair value option for assets and liabilities currently held, and therefore, the adoption of this standard did not have an impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Effective in the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company adopted Statement No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , which amends and expands the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities currently accounted for in accordance with Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . The adoption of Statement No. 161 did not have an impact on the Companys financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The Company has included the disclosures required by Statement No. 161 in note 22.
In December 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 132(R)-1, Employers Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets . FSP No. 132(R)-1 expands disclosure requirements regarding the investment strategies, fair value measurements and concentrations of risk for plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. FSP No. 132(R)-1 becomes effective for the Company in 2009. The Company does not expect the adoption of FSP No. 132(R)-1 to have an impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
| 41
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Investments
a) The following tables summarize the Companys available-for-sale investments.
December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Estimated
Fair Value |
|||||||||
Fixed maturities: |
|||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies |
$ | 821,082 | $ | 33,488 | $ | (369 | ) | $ | 854,201 | ||||
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions |
1,909,522 | 14,114 | (76,797 | ) | 1,846,839 | ||||||||
Foreign governments |
285,188 | 16,468 | (97 | ) | 301,559 | ||||||||
Public utilities |
82,318 | 380 | (2,677 | ) | 80,021 | ||||||||
Convertibles and bonds with warrants |
24,969 | | | 24,969 | |||||||||
All other corporate bonds |
1,599,292 | 21,935 | (136,264 | ) | 1,484,963 | ||||||||
Total fixed maturities |
4,722,371 | 86,385 | (216,204 | ) | 4,592,552 | ||||||||
Equity securities: |
|||||||||||||
Insurance companies, banks and trusts |
308,019 | 173,913 | (4,524 | ) | 477,408 | ||||||||
Industrial, miscellaneous and all other |
547,169 | 69,719 | (20,527 | ) | 596,361 | ||||||||
Total equity securities |
855,188 | 243,632 | (25,051 | ) | 1,073,769 | ||||||||
Short-term investments |
508,812 | 42 | (20 | ) | 508,834 | ||||||||
I NVESTMENTS , A VAILABLE -F OR -S ALE |
$ | 6,086,371 | $ | 330,059 | $ | (241,275 | ) | $ | 6,175,155 | ||||
December 31, 2007 | |||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
Amortized
Cost |
Gross
Unrealized Gains |
Gross
Unrealized Losses |
Estimated
Fair Value |
|||||||||
Fixed maturities: |
|||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies |
$ | 1,040,893 | $ | 14,941 | $ | (3,136 | ) | $ | 1,052,698 | ||||
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions |
1,830,088 | 27,235 | (7,000 | ) | 1,850,323 | ||||||||
Foreign governments |
232,971 | 6,168 | (1,680 | ) | 237,459 | ||||||||
Public utilities |
115,617 | 1,599 | (278 | ) | 116,938 | ||||||||
All other corporate bonds |
2,098,545 | 18,720 | (50,933 | ) | 2,066,332 | ||||||||
Total fixed maturities |
5,318,114 | 68,663 | (63,027 | ) | 5,323,750 | ||||||||
Equity securities: |
|||||||||||||
Insurance companies, banks and trusts |
556,889 | 372,598 | (46,997 | ) | 882,490 | ||||||||
Industrial, miscellaneous and all other |
697,377 | 291,208 | (26,337 | ) | 962,248 | ||||||||
Nonredeemable preferred stocks |
9,000 | 324 | | 9,324 | |||||||||
Total equity securities |
1,263,266 | 664,130 | (73,334 | ) | 1,854,062 | ||||||||
Short-term investments |
51,552 | | | 51,552 | |||||||||
I NVESTMENTS , A VAILABLE -F OR -S ALE |
$ | 6,632,932 | $ | 732,793 | $ | (136,361 | ) | $ | 7,229,364 | ||||
42 |
2. Investments (continued)
b) The following tables summarize gross unrealized investment losses by the length of time that securities have continuously been in an unrealized loss position.
December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
Fair
Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair
Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair
Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
|||||||||||||||
Fixed maturities: |
|||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies |
$ | 49,199 | $ | (334 | ) | $ | 12,933 | $ | (35 | ) | $ | 62,132 | $ | (369 | ) | ||||||
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions |
811,255 | (32,860 | ) | 431,826 | (43,937 | ) | 1,243,081 | (76,797 | ) | ||||||||||||
Foreign governments |
20,380 | (97 | ) | | | 20,380 | (97 | ) | |||||||||||||
Public utilities |
44,926 | (2,677 | ) | | | 44,926 | (2,677 | ) | |||||||||||||
All other corporate bonds |
584,154 | (64,156 | ) | 458,894 | (72,108 | ) | 1,043,048 | (136,264 | ) | ||||||||||||
Total fixed maturities |
1,509,914 | (100,124 | ) | 903,653 | (116,080 | ) | 2,413,567 | (216,204 | ) | ||||||||||||
Equity securities: |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Insurance companies, banks and trusts |
23,386 | (4,524 | ) | | | 23,386 | (4,524 | ) | |||||||||||||
Industrial, miscellaneous and all other |
129,974 | (19,268 | ) | 21,761 | (1,259 | ) | 151,735 | (20,527 | ) | ||||||||||||
Total equity securities |
153,360 | (23,792 | ) | 21,761 | (1,259 | ) | 175,121 | (25,051 | ) | ||||||||||||
Short-term investments |
34,690 | (20 | ) | | | 34,690 | (20 | ) | |||||||||||||
T OTAL |
$ | 1,697,964 | $ | (123,936 | ) | $ | 925,414 | $ | (117,339 | ) | $ | 2,623,378 | $ | (241,275 | ) | ||||||
At December 31, 2008, the Company held 606 securities with a total estimated fair value of $2.6 billion and gross unrealized losses of $241.3 million. Of these 606 securities, 232 securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than one year and had a total estimated fair value of $925.4 million and gross unrealized losses of $117.3 million. Of these securities, 230 securities were fixed maturities where the Company expects to receive all interest and principal payments when contractually due and two were equity securities. Both of these equity securities had a fair value in excess of 90% of their cost basis at December 31, 2008.
Gross unrealized losses on fixed maturities, which have been impacted by the widening of credit spreads, were $216.2 million at December 31, 2008. The market disruptions during 2008 resulted in a lack of liquidity within the credit markets, which increased credit risk in the financial markets and resulted in the widening of credit spreads.
All securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2008 were reviewed, and the Company believes that there were no indications of declines in the estimated fair value of these securities that were considered to be other-than-temporary. The Company considered many factors in completing its review, including its ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery, the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been below cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. For fixed maturities, the Company also considered the implied yield-to-maturity, the credit quality of the issuer and the ability to recover all amounts outstanding when contractually due.
| 43
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Investments (continued)
The Company completes a detailed analysis each quarter to assess whether the decline in the fair value of any investment below its cost basis is deemed other-than-temporary. A decline in fair value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is charged to earnings based on the fair value of the security at the time of assessment, resulting in a new cost basis for the security. Risks and uncertainties are inherent in the Companys other-than-temporary decline in fair value assessment methodology. The risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, incorrect or overly optimistic assumptions about the financial condition, liquidity or near-term prospects of an issuer, inadequacy of any underlying collateral, unfavorable changes in economic or social conditions and unfavorable changes in interest rates or credit ratings. Changes in any of these assumptions could result in charges to earnings in future periods.
December 31, 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
Fair
Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair
Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
Fair
Value |
Unrealized
Losses |
|||||||||||||||
Fixed maturities: |
|||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies |
$ | | $ | | $ | 351,431 | $ | (3,136 | ) | $ | 351,431 | $ | (3,136 | ) | |||||||
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions |
405,652 | (6,111 | ) | 122,547 | (889 | ) | 528,199 | (7,000 | ) | ||||||||||||
Foreign governments |
16,985 | (358 | ) | 35,402 | (1,322 | ) | 52,387 | (1,680 | ) | ||||||||||||
Public utilities |
6,364 | (68 | ) | 20,824 | (210 | ) | 27,188 | (278 | ) | ||||||||||||
All other corporate bonds |
406,401 | (19,803 | ) | 864,812 | (31,130 | ) | 1,271,213 | (50,933 | ) | ||||||||||||
Total fixed maturities |
835,402 | (26,340 | ) | 1,395,016 | (36,687 | ) | 2,230,418 | (63,027 | ) | ||||||||||||
Equity securities: |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Insurance companies, banks and trusts |
141,624 | (46,997 | ) | | | 141,624 | (46,997 | ) | |||||||||||||
Industrial, miscellaneous and all other |
172,966 | (26,337 | ) | | | 172,966 | (26,337 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total equity securities |
314,590 | (73,334 | ) | | | 314,590 | (73,334 | ) | |||||||||||||
T OTAL |
$ | 1,149,992 | $ | (99,674 | ) | $ | 1,395,016 | $ | (36,687 | ) | $ | 2,545,008 | $ | (136,361 | ) | ||||||
At December 31, 2007, the Company held 469 securities with a total estimated fair value of $2.5 billion and gross unrealized losses of $136.4 million. Of the 469 securities, 266 securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than one year and had a total estimated fair value of $1.4 billion and gross unrealized losses of $36.7 million.
c) The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December 31, 2008 are shown below by contractual maturity.
(dollars in thousands) |
Amortized
Cost |
Estimated
Fair Value |
||||
Due in one year or less |
$ | 159,807 | $ | 159,918 | ||
Due after one year through five years |
1,123,283 | 1,089,937 | ||||
Due after five years through ten years |
1,490,132 | 1,452,739 | ||||
Due after ten years |
1,949,149 | 1,889,958 | ||||
T OTAL |
$ | 4,722,371 | $ | 4,592,552 | ||
44 |
2. Investments (continued)
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties, and the lenders may have the right to put the securities back to the borrower. Based on expected maturities, the estimated average duration of the fixed maturities was 4.5 years.
d) The following table presents the components of net investment income.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||
Interest: |
||||||||||||
Municipal bonds (tax-exempt) |
$ | 80,975 | $ | 73,942 | $ | 68,521 | ||||||
Taxable bonds |
170,400 | 179,372 | 160,890 | |||||||||
Short-term investments, including overnight deposits |
18,979 | 27,630 | 24,899 | |||||||||
Dividends on equity securities |
35,048 | 33,902 | 25,892 | |||||||||
Income from investments in affiliates |
2,726 | 5,069 | 5,439 | |||||||||
Change in fair value of credit default swap |
(13,698 | ) | (3,115 | ) | | |||||||
Other |
(1,903 | ) | (601 | ) | (5,526 | ) | ||||||
292,527 | 316,199 | 280,115 | ||||||||||
Less investment expenses |
8,789 | 9,741 | 9,099 | |||||||||
N ET I NVESTMENT I NCOME |
$ | 283,738 | $ | 306,458 | $ | 271,016 | ||||||
e) The following table presents realized investment gains (losses) and the change in unrealized holding gains.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||
Realized gains: |
||||||||||||
Sales of fixed maturities |
$ | 9,647 | $ | 7,143 | $ | 18,077 | ||||||
Sales of equity securities |
64,709 | 82,306 | 69,497 | |||||||||
Other |
1,267 | 2,102 | | |||||||||
Total realized gains |
75,623 | 91,551 | 87,574 | |||||||||
Realized losses: |
||||||||||||
Sales of fixed maturities |
(102,925 | ) | (7,057 | ) | (13,728 | ) | ||||||
Sales of equity securities |
(39,827 | ) | (516 | ) | (3,795 | ) | ||||||
Other-than-temporary impairments |
(339,164 | ) | (19,841 | ) | (4,501 | ) | ||||||
Other |
(1,301 | ) | (4,633 | ) | (1,942 | ) | ||||||
Total realized losses |
(483,217 | ) | (32,047 | ) | (23,966 | ) | ||||||
N ET R EALIZED I NVESTMENT G AINS (L OSSES ) |
$ | (407,594 | ) | $ | 59,504 | $ | 63,608 | |||||
Change in unrealized holding gains: |
||||||||||||
Fixed maturities |
$ | (135,455 | ) | $ | 1,053 | $ | (22,549 | ) | ||||
Equity securities |
(372,215 | ) | (116,132 | ) | 268,662 | |||||||
Short-term investments |
22 | | | |||||||||
N ET I NCREASE (D ECREASE ) |
$ | (507,648 | ) | $ | (115,079 | ) | $ | 246,113 | ||||
In 2008, net realized investment losses included $339.2 million of write downs for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of investments. Net realized investment losses for 2008 included write downs for 52 equity securities, two nonredeemable preferred stocks and 15 fixed maturities.
| 45
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Investments (continued)
Approximately 23% of the write downs during 2008 were due to the determination that the Company no longer had the intent to hold these securities until they fully recovered in value as it began selling a portion of the securities in order to allocate capital to other securities with greater potential for long-term investment returns. The remainder of the write downs related to securities that had other indications of other-than-temporary impairment. The most significant write downs of equity securities during 2008 related to the Companys investments in General Electric Company, Citigroup Inc., Bank of America Corporation and International Game Technology, for which the Company had write downs of $64.9 million, $37.6 million, $23.4 million and $21.7 million, respectively. The General Electric Company, Bank of America Corporation and International Game Technology securities had significant declines in fair value that the Company believed were unlikely to recover in the near term. As a result, the decline in fair value for these securities was deemed other-than-temporary and was charged to earnings. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company sold a portion of its holdings in Citigroup Inc. and, as a result, determined that it no longer had the intent to hold this investment until it fully recovered its value. The two nonredeemable preferred stock write downs related to the Companys holdings in Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and totaled $9.0 million. The most significant write downs of fixed maturities related to the Companys investments in Morgan Stanley and Kaupthing Bank, an Icelandic financial institution, for which the Company had write downs of $18.4 million and $12.1 million, respectively. During the third quarter of 2008, the Company sold a portion of its holdings in Morgan Stanley and, as a result, determined that it no longer had the intent to hold this investment until it fully recovered its value. The write down on Kaupthing Bank was made because the Company believed it would not receive all interest and principal payments when due. The eight investments discussed above represent 55% of the total write down for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of investments during 2008.
Net realized investment gains included $19.8 million and $4.5 million of write downs for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of investments for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
f) The Company had $1.3 billion and $1.6 billion of investments and cash and cash equivalents (invested assets) held in trust or on deposit for the benefit of policyholders, reinsurers or banks in the event of default by the Company on its obligations at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These invested assets and the related liabilities are included on the Companys consolidated balance sheet. The following discussion provides additional detail regarding irrevocable undrawn letters of credit and investments held in trust or on deposit.
The Companys United States insurance companies had invested assets with a carrying value of $39.6 million and $39.0 million on deposit with state regulatory authorities at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Invested assets with a carrying value of $5.1 million and $6.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were held in trust for the benefit of cedents of the Companys United States insurance companies.
Invested assets with a carrying value of $81.2 million and $92.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were held in trust for the benefit of United States cedents of Markel International Insurance Company Limited (MIICL), a wholly-owned subsidiary, and to facilitate MIICLs accreditation as an alien reinsurer by certain states.
Invested assets with a carrying value of $30.6 million and $29.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were held in trust for the benefit of MIICLs United States surplus lines policyholders.
46 |
2. Investments (continued)
Invested assets with a carrying value of $1.8 million and $39.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were held in trust for the benefit of MIICLs Canadian cedents.
Banks have issued irrevocable undrawn letters of credit supporting the Companys contingent liabilities related to certain reinsurance business written in the United States by MIICL. The Company had deposited invested assets with a carrying value of $29.9 million and $31.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as collateral against these letters of credit.
The Company had deposited $212.1 million and $302.2 million of invested assets with Lloyds to support its underwriting activities at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In addition, the Company had invested assets with a carrying value of $894.7 million and $983.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, held in trust for the benefit of syndicate policyholders.
In accordance with the terms of its credit default swap agreement, the Company had $37.3 million and $53.2 million of invested assets on deposit at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
g) At December 31, 2008, investments in U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies were the only investments in any one issuer that exceeded 10% of shareholders equity. At December 31, 2007, the only investment in any one issuer that exceeded 10% of shareholders equity, excluding investments in U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies, was the Companys investment in Berkshire Hathaway Inc., which had a fair value of $291.2 million.
3. Receivables
The following table presents the components of receivables.
December 31, | ||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | ||||
Amounts receivable from agents, brokers and insureds |
$ | 208,329 | $ | 237,017 | ||
Less allowance for doubtful receivables |
6,955 | 7,508 | ||||
201,374 | 229,509 | |||||
Employee stock loans receivable (see note 12) |
16,903 | 18,229 | ||||
Loan participations (see note 16) |
25,099 | 18,742 | ||||
Other |
27,691 | 29,815 | ||||
R ECEIVABLES |
$ | 271,067 | $ | 296,295 | ||
Amounts receivable from agents, brokers and insureds included $27.1 million and $23.6 million of accrued premium income at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Accrued premium income represents the difference between estimated cumulative ultimate gross written premiums and cumulative billed premiums. This timing difference arises because producers have obligated the Company to provide coverage but have not yet reported final policy information.
4. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
The following table presents the amounts of policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||
Balance, beginning of year |
$ | 202,291 | $ | 218,392 | $ | 212,329 | ||||||
Policy acquisition costs deferred |
487,990 | 501,702 | 538,640 | |||||||||
Amortization of policy acquisition costs |
(506,526 | ) | (517,803 | ) | (532,577 | ) | ||||||
D EFERRED P OLICY A CQUISITION C OSTS |
$ | 183,755 | $ | 202,291 | $ | 218,392 | ||||||
| 47
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs (continued)
The following table presents the components of underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses.
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||
Amortization of policy acquisition costs |
$ | 506,526 | $ | 517,803 | $ | 532,577 | |||
Other operating expenses |
232,020 | 238,896 | 235,276 | ||||||
U NDERWRITING , A CQUISITION A ND I NSURANCE E XPENSES |
$ | 738,546 | $ | 756,699 | $ | 767,853 | |||
The following table presents the components of property and equipment, which are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
December 31, | ||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | ||||
Land |
$ | 18,262 | $ | 18,262 | ||
Leasehold improvements |
37,922 | 35,360 | ||||
Furniture and equipment |
82,119 | 67,569 | ||||
Other |
1,900 | 1,898 | ||||
140,203 | 123,089 | |||||
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
82,940 | 72,563 | ||||
P ROPERTY A ND E QUIPMENT |
$ | 57,263 | $ | 50,526 | ||
Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment was $11.2 million, $10.3 million and $9.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The Company does not own any material properties as it leases substantially all of its facilities and certain furniture and equipment under operating leases.
6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The following table presents the components of goodwill and intangible assets.
Intangible | ||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
Goodwill | Assets | Total | |||||||||
January 1, 2007 |
$ | 339,717 | $ | | $ | 339,717 | ||||||
Adjustment for adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48 (see note 7) |
(9,388 | ) | | (9,388 | ) | |||||||
Acquisitions |
1,887 | 14,840 | 16,727 | |||||||||
Amortization |
| (2,145 | ) | (2,145 | ) | |||||||
December 31, 2007 |
332,216 | 12,695 | 344,911 | |||||||||
Acquisitions |
| 3,503 | 3,503 | |||||||||
Amortization |
| (4,383 | ) | (4,383 | ) | |||||||
December 31, 2008 |
$ | 332,216 | $ | 11,815 | $ | 344,031 | ||||||
48 |
6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (continued)
Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. The Company completes an annual test during the fourth quarter of each year based upon the results of operations through September 30. There were no indications of goodwill impairment during 2008 or 2007.
The carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting unit at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows: Excess and Surplus Lines, $81.8 million; Specialty Admitted, $1.9 million; and London Insurance Market, $248.5 million.
In April 2007, the Company acquired a wholesale insurance broker that markets and underwrites social services insurance programs for a combination of cash and common stock. In connection with this acquisition, the Company recognized goodwill of $1.9 million and intangible assets of $8.8 million. Results attributable to this acquisition are included in the Specialty Admitted segment.
In June 2007, the Company acquired a managing general agent that markets and underwrites errors and omissions insurance products. In connection with this acquisition, the Company recognized intangible assets of $6.0 million. Results attributable to this acquisition are included in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment.
In April 2008, the Company acquired a managing general agent that markets and underwrites commercial auto and general liability coverages for garage and related businesses. In connection with this acquisition, the Company recognized intangible assets of $3.0 million. Results attributable to this acquisition are included in the Specialty Admitted segment.
7. Income Taxes
Income (loss) before income taxes includes the following components.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||
Domestic |
$ | (101,699 | ) | $ | 436,392 | $ | 466,750 | |||
Foreign |
(59,317 | ) | 135,566 | 86,651 | ||||||
I NCOME (L OSS ) B EFORE I NCOME T AXES |
$ | (161,016 | ) | $ | 571,958 | $ | 553,401 | |||
Income tax expense (benefit) includes the following components.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||
Current: |
||||||||||||
Federal domestic operations |
$ | (1,895 | ) | $ | 130,624 | $ | 130,180 | |||||
Federal foreign operations |
63 | 3,730 | 158 | |||||||||
Total current tax expense (benefit) |
(1,832 | ) | 134,354 | 130,338 | ||||||||
Deferred: |
||||||||||||
Federaldomestic operations |
(82,202 | ) | (1,984 | ) | 6,741 | |||||||
Federalforeign operations |
34,200 | 39,331 | (1,930 | ) | ||||||||
Foreignforeign operations |
(52,415 | ) | (5,412 | ) | 25,750 | |||||||
Total deferred tax expense (benefit) |
(100,417 | ) | 31,935 | 30,561 | ||||||||
I NCOME T AX E XPENSE (B ENEFIT ) |
$ | (102,249 | ) | $ | 166,289 | $ | 160,899 | |||||
| 49
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
7. Income Taxes (continued)
In 2008, income tax benefit included a benefit from interest and penalties of $3.5 million. In 2007, income tax expense included interest and penalties of $3.8 million. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets included $3.6 million and $7.1 million, respectively, for potential payment of interest and penalties.
In general, the Company is not subject to state income taxation; therefore, state income tax expense is not material to the consolidated financial statements.
The Company made income tax payments of $29.0 million, $137.8 million and $145.6 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Income taxes receivable was $33.5 million at December 31, 2008 and was included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The income tax receivable at December 31, 2008 was due in part to the carryback of $93.2 million of capital losses generated during the year as a result of sales of equity securities and fixed maturities that had tax bases in excess of fair value on the dates of sale. Income taxes payable was $5.9 million at December 31, 2007 and was included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.
Reconciliations of the United States corporate income tax rate to the effective tax rate on income (loss) before income taxes are presented in the following table.
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||
United States corporate tax rate |
35 | % | 35 | % | 35 | % | |||
Tax-exempt investment income |
18 | (5 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||
Uncertain tax positions |
(6 | ) | | | |||||
Tax credits |
18 | | | ||||||
Other |
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | |||
E FFECTIVE T AX R ATE |
64 | % | 29 | % | 29 | % | |||
50 |
7. Income Taxes (continued)
Substantially all of the Companys continuing international operations are taxed directly or indirectly by both the United States and United Kingdom. However, subject to certain limitations, the United States allows a credit against its tax for any United Kingdom tax generated by Markel International.
The following table presents the components of domestic and foreign deferred tax assets and liabilities.
December 31, | ||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | ||||||
Assets: | ||||||||
Differences between financial reporting and tax bases |
$ | 79,766 | $ | 111,849 | ||||
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses not yet deductible for income tax purposes |
139,765 | 135,343 | ||||||
Unearned premiums recognized for income tax purposes |
44,541 | 49,080 | ||||||
Other-than-temporary impairments not yet deductible for income tax purposes |
94,458 | 16,309 | ||||||
Net operating loss carryforwards |
170,666 | 122,470 | ||||||
Domestic asset on future foreign taxable items |
8,436 | 77,323 | ||||||
Tax credit carryforwards |
27,916 | | ||||||
Total gross deferred tax assets |
565,548 | 512,374 | ||||||
Less valuation allowance |
(6,607 | ) | (6,607 | ) | ||||
Total gross deferred tax assets, net of allowance |
558,941 | 505,767 | ||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||
Differences between financial reporting and tax bases |
28,564 | 94,259 | ||||||
Deferred policy acquisition costs |
54,336 | 60,263 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income items |
6,509 | 192,065 | ||||||
Domestic liability on foreign tax losses |
51,794 | 18,894 | ||||||
Domestic liability on future foreign deductible items |
20,246 | 37,901 | ||||||
Domestic liability on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries |
28,488 | 23,281 | ||||||
Total gross deferred tax liabilities |
189,937 | 426,663 | ||||||
N ET D EFERRED T AX A SSET |
$ | 369,004 | $ | 79,104 | ||||
Net deferred tax asset foreign |
182,476 | 102,676 | ||||||
Net deferred tax asset (liability) domestic |
186,528 | (23,572 | ) | |||||
N ET D EFERRED T AX A SSET |
$ | 369,004 | $ | 79,104 | ||||
The increase in the net deferred tax asset in 2008 was primarily due to an increase in the deferred tax asset arising from write downs for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of investments that are not currently deductible for tax purposes and a decrease in the deferred tax liability related to accumulated other comprehensive income items resulting from a decrease in net unrealized holding gains on investments during 2008. The net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2008 and 2007 is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
In December 2008, Markel Corporation received $110.0 million in distributions made by Markel International. In January 2009, Markel Corporation received an additional $101.7 million in distributions made by Markel International. Pursuant to Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , approximately $46 million in foreign paid taxes became available for use by the Company as foreign tax credits as a result of these distributions. Of the approximately $46 million in foreign tax credits, approximately $20 million will be used with respect to the 2009 distribution and approximately $26 million will be available for the Company to carry forward. If unused, the credits available for carry forward will expire in 2019.
| 51
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
7. Income Taxes (continued)
At December 31, 2008, the Company had net operating losses of $609.5 million. These losses can be carried forward indefinitely to offset future taxable income in the United Kingdom. Of the $609.5 million of net operating losses, $123.5 million also can be utilized to offset future United Kingdom income that is taxable in the United States. The Companys ability to utilize these losses in the United States expires between the years 2018 and 2026.
The Company estimates that it will realize $189.9 million of the gross deferred tax assets, including net operating losses, recorded at December 31, 2008 through the reversal of existing temporary differences attributable to the gross deferred tax liabilities. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will realize $369.0 million of gross deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance, by generating future taxable income and by using prudent and feasible tax planning strategies if future taxable income is not sufficient. While management believes the valuation allowance at December 31, 2008 is adequate, changes in managements estimate of future taxable income to be generated by its foreign subsidiaries, changes in the Companys ability to use tax planning strategies or additional significant declines in the estimated fair value of investments could result in an increase in the valuation allowance through a charge to earnings.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48). As a result of adopting FIN 48, retained earnings increased $20.1 million; goodwill decreased $9.4 million, primarily related to the Companys acquisition of Markel International; and common stock increased $2.8 million related to closed stock option plans and other capital transactions.
Upon acquiring Markel International in 2000, the Company established a $45.8 million valuation allowance, substantially all of which related to pre-acquisition losses at Markel Capital. A valuation allowance was considered necessary due to the uncertainty of realizing a future tax benefit on these losses. Since the acquisition, the valuation allowance was reduced $3.2 million as deferred tax assets established at that time were realized. Additionally, upon adoption of FIN 48 in 2007, the valuation allowance and the corresponding deferred tax asset related to Markel Capitals net operating loss carryforwards were both decreased by $37.5 million. These reductions were offset in part by an increase of $1.5 million resulting from managements determination in 2004 that it was more likely than not that some of the Companys post-acquisition losses for its Bermuda-based subsidiary would not be realized.
At December 31, 2008, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $59.2 million. If recognized, $20.8 million of these tax benefits would decrease the annual effective tax rate and $38.4 million would decrease goodwill in the year those benefits are realized. The Company does not currently anticipate any significant changes in unrecognized tax benefits during 2009.
The following table presents a reconciliation of beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefits.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | ||||||
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Beginning of Year |
$ | 48,371 | $ | 45,757 | ||||
Increases based upon tax positions taken during the current year |
13,112 | 1,432 | ||||||
Increases for tax positions taken in prior years |
| 1,835 | ||||||
Decreases for tax positions taken in prior years |
| (489 | ) | |||||
Settlement with taxing authorities |
| (164 | ) | |||||
Lapse of statute of limitations |
(2,246 | ) | | |||||
U NRECOGNIZED T AX B ENEFITS , E ND OF Y EAR |
$ | 59,237 | $ | 48,371 | ||||
52 |
7. Income Taxes (continued)
Provisions for United States income taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries are made only on those amounts in excess of the funds that are considered to be permanently reinvested. Pre-acquisition earnings of the Companys foreign subsidiaries are considered permanently reinvested and no provision for United States income taxes has been recorded. It is not practicable to determine the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liabilities associated with such earnings due to the complexity of this calculation.
The Company is subject to income tax in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examination by tax authorities for years ended before January 1, 2006.
8. Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
a) The following table presents a reconciliation of consolidated beginning and ending reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||
N ET R ESERVES FOR L OSSES AND L OSS A DJUSTMENT E XPENSES , B EGINNING OF Y EAR |
$ | 4,452,655 | $ | 4,326,426 | $ | 4,039,377 | ||||||
Foreign currency movements, commutations and other |
(192,838 | ) | 40,656 | 172,492 | ||||||||
A DJUSTED N ET R ESERVES FOR L OSSES AND L OSS A DJUSTMENT E XPENSES , B EGINNING OF Y EAR |
4,259,817 | 4,367,082 | 4,211,869 | |||||||||
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses: |
||||||||||||
Current year |
1,432,808 | 1,293,529 | 1,264,918 | |||||||||
Prior years |
(163,783 | ) | (197,326 | ) | (132,339 | ) | ||||||
T OTAL I NCURRED L OSSES AND L OSS A DJUSTMENT E XPENSES |
1,269,025 | 1,096,203 | 1,132,579 | |||||||||
Payments: |
||||||||||||
Current year |
310,953 | 226,861 | 208,310 | |||||||||
Prior years |
727,609 | 783,795 | 799,519 | |||||||||
T OTAL P AYMENTS |
1,038,562 | 1,010,656 | 1,007,829 | |||||||||
Effect of foreign currency rate changes |
(20,080 | ) | 1,166 | 1,207 | ||||||||
Other |
(4,719 | ) | (1,140 | ) | (11,400 | ) | ||||||
N ET R ESERVES FOR L OSSES AND L OSS A DJUSTMENT E XPENSES , E ND OF Y EAR |
4,465,481 | 4,452,655 | 4,326,426 | |||||||||
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses |
1,026,858 | 1,072,918 | 1,257,453 | |||||||||
G ROSS R ESERVES FOR L OSSES AND L OSS A DJUSTMENT E XPENSES , E ND OF Y EAR |
$ | 5,492,339 | $ | 5,525,573 | $ | 5,583,879 | ||||||
Beginning of year net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses are adjusted, when applicable, for the impact of changes in foreign currency rates, commutations, acquisitions and dispositions. In 2008, beginning of year net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses were decreased by a movement of $195.7 million in foreign currency rates of exchange, most notably between the United States Dollar and the United Kingdom Sterling. In 2007, beginning of year net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses were increased by a movement of $49.6 million in foreign currency rates of exchange, most notably between the United States Dollar and the United Kingdom Sterling, which was offset in part by
| 53
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
8. Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)
an $8.9 million decrease related to the completion of several reinsurance commutations. In 2006, beginning of year net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses were increased by a movement of $101.9 million in foreign currency rates of exchange, most notably between the United States Dollar and the United Kingdom Sterling, and a $51.8 million increase related to the completion of several reinsurance commutations.
Current year incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses for 2008 included $91.1 million of estimated net losses on Hurricanes Gustav and Ike (2008 Hurricanes).
The estimated net losses on the 2008 Hurricanes were net of estimated reinsurance recoverables of $58.6 million. Both the gross and net loss estimates on the 2008 Hurricanes represent the Companys best estimate of losses based upon information currently available. The Company has used various loss estimation techniques to develop these estimates, including analyses of claims received to date and detailed policy level reviews. The Companys estimates are dependent on broad assumptions about coverage, liability and reinsurance. While the Company believes that its reserves for the 2008 Hurricanes as of December 31, 2008 are adequate, the Company continues to closely monitor reported claims and will adjust the estimates of gross and net losses as new information becomes available. Accordingly, the Companys actual ultimate net loss on the 2008 Hurricanes may differ materially from this estimate.
In 2008, incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses included $163.8 million of favorable development on prior years loss reserves, which was primarily due to $149.6 million of loss reserve redundancies experienced at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit and Markel International as actual claims reporting patterns on prior accident years have been more favorable than initially anticipated within the Companys actuarial analyses. The favorable development on prior years loss reserves in 2008 was partially offset by $24.9 million of adverse development on prior years loss reserves on asbestos and environmental exposures and related reinsurance bad debt.
This years review of asbestos and environmental loss reserves was completed during the third quarter of 2008. In each of the past three years, the Company noted during its annual review of asbestos and environmental reserves that claims had been closed with total indemnity payments that were higher than had been anticipated. The higher than expected average severity on closed claims caused the Companys actuaries to update their average severity assumptions for both open claims and claims incurred but not yet reported. As a result of the increases in severity in each of the past three years, the actuarial estimates of the ultimate liability for asbestos and environmental loss reserves were increased, and management increased prior years loss reserves for asbestos and environmental exposures accordingly.
In 2007, incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses included $197.3 million of favorable development on prior years loss reserves, which was primarily due to $166.6 million of loss reserve redundancies experienced at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit and Markel International as a result of the favorable insurance market conditions experienced from 2000 through 2004. The favorable development on prior years loss reserves in 2007 was partially offset by $34.0 million of adverse development on prior years loss reserves on asbestos and environmental exposures.
In 2006, incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses included $132.3 million of favorable development on prior years loss reserves, which was primarily due to $182.1 million of loss reserve redundancies experienced at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit as a result of favorable insurance market conditions. This favorable development on prior years loss reserves was partially offset by $61.1 million of adverse loss reserve development on Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma (2005 Hurricanes).
54 |
8. Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)
During 2006, losses on the 2005 Hurricanes were primarily concentrated in the contract property and delegated authority books of business included in the Excess and Surplus Lines and London Insurance Market segments. The Company also recognized $16.7 million of adverse development on prior years loss reserves on asbestos and environmental exposures and related reinsurance bad debt in 2006.
Inherent in the Companys reserving practices is the desire to establish loss reserves that are more likely redundant than deficient. As such, the Company seeks to establish loss reserves that will ultimately prove to be adequate. Furthermore, the Companys philosophy is to price its insurance products to make an underwriting profit, not to increase written premiums. Management continually attempts to improve its loss estimation process by refining its ability to analyze loss development patterns, claim payments and other information, but uncertainty remains regarding the potential for adverse development of estimated ultimate liabilities.
The Company uses a variety of techniques to establish the liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, all of which involve significant judgments and assumptions. These techniques include detailed statistical analysis of past claim reporting, settlement activity, claim frequency and severity, policyholder loss experience, industry loss experience and changes in market conditions, policy forms and exposures. Greater judgment may be required when new product lines are introduced or when there have been changes in claims handling practices, as the statistical data available may be insufficient. The Companys estimates reflect implicit and explicit assumptions regarding the potential effects of external factors, including economic and social inflation, judicial decisions, law changes, general economic conditions and recent trends in these factors. In some of the Companys markets, and where the Company acts as a reinsurer, the timing and amount of information reported about underlying claims are in the control of third parties. This can also affect estimates and require re-estimation as new information becomes available.
The Company believes the process of evaluating past experience, adjusted for the effects of current developments and anticipated trends, is an appropriate basis for predicting future events. Management currently believes the Companys gross and net reserves, including the reserves for environmental and asbestos exposures, are adequate. However, there is no precise method for evaluating the impact of any significant factor on the adequacy of reserves, and actual results will differ from original estimates.
b) The Companys exposure to asbestos and environmental (A&E) claims results from policies written by acquired insurance operations before their acquisitions by the Company. The Companys exposure to A&E claims originated from umbrella, excess and commercial general liability (CGL) insurance policies and assumed reinsurance contracts that were written on an occurrence basis from the 1970s to mid-1980s. Exposure also originated from claims-made policies that were designed to cover environmental risks provided that all other terms and conditions of the policy were met.
A&E claims include property damage and clean-up costs related to pollution, as well as personal injury allegedly arising from exposure to hazardous materials. After 1986, the Company began underwriting CGL coverage with pollution exclusions, and in some lines of business the Company began using a claims-made form. These changes significantly reduced the Companys exposure to future A&E claims on post-1986 business.
| 55
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
8. Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)
The following table provides a reconciliation of beginning and ending A&E reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, which are a component of consolidated unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||
N ET R ESERVES FOR A&E L OSSES AND L OSS A DJUSTMENT E XPENSES , B EGINNING OF Y EAR |
$ | 221,654 | $ | 214,439 | $ | 211,283 | |||||
Commutations and other |
(191 | ) | (14,454 | ) | 13,399 | ||||||
A DJUSTED N ET R ESERVES FOR A&E L OSSES AND L OSS A DJUSTMENT E XPENSES , B EGINNING OF Y EAR |
221,463 | 199,985 | 224,682 | ||||||||
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses |
22,106 | 33,254 | 17,237 | ||||||||
Payments |
5,297 | 11,585 | 27,480 | ||||||||
N ET R ESERVES FOR A&E L OSSES AND L OSS A DJUSTMENT E XPENSES , E ND OF Y EAR |
238,272 | 221,654 | 214,439 | ||||||||
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses |
154,901 | 123,483 | 145,524 | ||||||||
G ROSS R ESERVES FOR A&E L OSSES AND L OSS A DJUSTMENT E XPENSES , E ND OF Y EAR |
$ | 393,173 | $ | 345,137 | $ | 359,963 | |||||
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses for 2008, 2007 and 2006 were primarily due to adverse development of asbestos-related reserves. At December 31, 2008, asbestos-related reserves were $304.7 million and $168.2 million on a gross and net basis, respectively.
Net reserves for reported claims and net incurred but not reported reserves for A&E exposures were $129.4 million and $108.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008. Inception-to-date net paid losses and loss adjustment expenses for A&E related exposures totaled $331.7 million at December 31, 2008, which includes $56.9 million of litigation-related expense.
The Companys reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to A&E exposures represent managements best estimate of ultimate settlement values. A&E reserves are monitored by management, and the Companys statistical analysis of these reserves is reviewed by the Companys independent actuaries. A&E exposures are subject to significant uncertainty due to potential loss severity and frequency resulting from the uncertain and unfavorable legal climate. A&E reserves could be subject to increases in the future; however, management believes the Companys gross and net A&E reserves at December 31, 2008 are adequate.
9. Convertible Notes Payable
During 2001, the Company issued $408.0 million principal amount at maturity, $112.9 million net proceeds, of Liquid Yield Option Notes (LYONs). The LYONs were zero coupon senior notes issued at a price of $283.19 per LYON, representing a yield to maturity of 4.25%, with a stated maturity of June 5, 2031. Until their conversion in December 2006, the Company used the effective yield method to recognize the accretion of the discount from the issue price to the face amount of the LYONs at maturity. In 2006, the accretion of the discount was included in interest expense. Upon conversion of the LYONs, the Company issued approximately 335,000 shares of common stock.
56 |
10. | Senior Long-Term Debt |
The following table summarizes the Companys senior long-term debt.
December 31, | ||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | ||||
Unsecured borrowings under $375 million revolving credit facility, at 3.82% at December 31, 2008, expires December 31, 2010 |
$ | 100,000 | $ | | ||
7.00% unsecured senior notes, due May 15, 2008, interest payable semi-annually, net of unamortized discount of $371 in 2007 |
| 92,679 | ||||
6.80% unsecured senior notes, due February 15, 2013, interest payable semi-annually, net of unamortized discount of $1,121 in 2008 and $1,389 in 2007 |
245,544 | 245,276 | ||||
7.35% unsecured senior notes, due August 15, 2034, interest payable semi-annually, net of unamortized discount of $2,715 in 2008 and $2,821 in 2007 |
197,285 | 197,179 | ||||
7.50% unsecured senior debentures, due August 22, 2046, interest payable quarterly, net of unamortized discount of $4,320 in 2008 and $4,436 in 2007 |
145,680 | 145,564 | ||||
SENIOR LONG-TERM DEBT |
$ | 688,509 | $ | 680,698 | ||
The 7.00% unsecured senior notes matured on May 15, 2008 and were repaid for $93.1 million.
On August 22, 2006, the Company issued $150 million of 7.50% unsecured senior debentures due August 22, 2046. Net proceeds to the Company were $145.4 million and a portion was used to retire the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures on January 2, 2007.
The Company maintains a revolving credit facility that provides $375 million of capacity for working capital and other general corporate purposes and expires December 2010. The Company may select from two interest rate options for balances outstanding under the facility and pays a commitment fee (0.125% at December 31, 2008) on the unused portion of the facility based on the Companys debt to total capital ratio as calculated under the agreement. In February 2009, the Company repaid the outstanding balance under its revolving credit facility.
At December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in its revolving credit facility. To the extent that the Company is not in compliance with its covenants, the Companys access to the credit facility could be restricted. While the Company believes this to be unlikely, the inability to access the credit facility could adversely affect the Companys liquidity.
The Companys unsecured senior notes are not redeemable; however, the Companys 7.50% unsecured senior debentures are redeemable by the Company at any time after August 22, 2011. None of the Companys senior long-term debt is subject to any sinking fund requirements.
The estimated fair value based on quoted market prices of the Companys senior long-term debt was approximately $620 million and $706 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
| 57
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
10. Senior Long-Term Debt (continued)
The following table summarizes the future principal payments due at maturity on senior long-term debt as of December 31, 2008.
Years Ending December 31, |
(dollars in
thousands) |
|||
2009 |
$ | | ||
2010 |
100,000 | |||
2011 |
| |||
2012 |
| |||
2013 |
246,665 | |||
2014 and thereafter |
350,000 | |||
T OTAL P RINCIPAL P AYMENTS |
$ | 696,665 | ||
Less unamortized discount |
(8,156 | ) | ||
S ENIOR L ONG - TERM D EBT |
$ | 688,509 | ||
The Company paid $46.5 million, $55.1 million and $46.7 million in interest on its senior long-term debt during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
11. Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (8.71% Junior Subordinated Debentures)
On January 8, 1997, the Company arranged the sale of $150 million of Company-Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Capital Securities (8.71% Capital Securities) issued under an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated January 13, 1997 by Markel Capital Trust I (the Trust), a statutory business trust sponsored and wholly-owned by the Company. Proceeds from the sale of the 8.71% Capital Securities were used to purchase the Companys 8.71% Junior Subordinated Debentures due January 1, 2046, issued to the Trust under an indenture dated January 13, 1997. The 8.71% Junior Subordinated Debentures were the sole assets of the Trust. In 2006, the Company repurchased $34.7 million principal amount of its 8.71% Junior Subordinated Debentures. The Company redeemed the remaining outstanding 8.71% Junior Subordinated Debentures for $111.0 million on January 2, 2007. The Company paid $10.6 million in interest on the 8.71% Junior Subordinated Debentures during the year ended December 31, 2006.
12. Shareholders Equity
a) The Company had 50,000,000 shares of no par value common stock authorized of which 9,813,962 shares and 9,956,743 shares were issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company also has 10,000,000 shares of no par value preferred stock authorized, none of which were issued or outstanding at December 31, 2008 or 2007.
In August 2005, the Companys Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to $200 million of common stock under a share repurchase program (the Program). Under the Program, the Company may repurchase outstanding shares of common stock from time to time, primarily through open-market transactions. The Program has no expiration date but may be terminated by the Board of Directors at any time. In 2008, the Company repurchased 152,100 shares of common stock at a cost of $60.2 million under the Program. Since the Programs inception, the Company has repurchased 360,800 shares of common stock at a cost of $136.6 million.
58 |
12. Shareholders Equity (continued)
b) Net income (loss) per share is determined by dividing net income (loss) by the applicable weighted average shares outstanding.
(in thousands, except per share amounts) |
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||
Net income (loss) as reported |
$ | (58,767 | ) | $ | 405,669 | $ | 392,502 | |||
Interest expense, net of tax, on convertible notes payable |
| | 2,489 | |||||||
Adjusted net income (loss) |
$ | (58,767 | ) | $ | 405,669 | $ | 394,991 | |||
Basic common shares outstanding |
9,876 | 9,961 | 9,709 | |||||||
Dilutive effect of convertible notes payable |
| | 303 | |||||||
Other dilutive potential common shares |
| 20 | 12 | |||||||
Diluted shares outstanding |
9,876 | 9,981 | 10,024 | |||||||
Basic net income (loss) per share |
$ | (5.95 | ) | $ | 40.73 | $ | 40.43 | |||
Diluted net income (loss) per share |
$ | (5.95 | ) | $ | 40.64 | $ | 39.40 | |||
Average closing common stock market prices are used to calculate the dilutive effect attributable to stock options and restricted stock.
Diluted shares outstanding for 2008 excluded 15,376 dilutive potential shares. These shares were excluded due to their antidilutive effect as a result of the Companys net loss for the year ended December 31, 2008.
c) The Companys Employee Stock Purchase and Bonus Plan provides a method for employees and directors to purchase shares of the Companys common stock on the open market. The plan encourages share ownership by providing for the award of bonus shares to participants equal to 10% of the net increase in the number of shares owned under the plan in a given year, excluding shares acquired through the plans loan program component. Under the loan program, the Company offers subsidized unsecured loans so participants may purchase shares and awards bonus shares equal to 5% of the shares purchased with a loan. The Company has authorized 100,000 shares for purchase under this plan, of which 78,134 and 89,977 shares were available for purchase at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, loans outstanding under the plan, which are included in receivables on the consolidated balance sheets, totaled $16.9 million and $18.2 million, respectively.
d) The Markel Corporation Omnibus Incentive Plan (Omnibus Incentive Plan) provides for grants or awards of cash, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance grants and other stock-based awards to employees and directors. The Omnibus Incentive Plan does not authorize grants of stock options. The Omnibus Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Companys Board of Directors (Compensation Committee) and will terminate on March 5, 2013. At December 31, 2008, there were 139,517 shares reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Restricted Stock Units are awarded to certain associates and executive officers based upon meeting performance conditions determined by a subcommittee of the Compensation Committee. Awards granted to associates and executive officers vest at the end of the fifth year following the year for which the Compensation Committee determines performance conditions have been met. At the end of the vesting period, recipients are entitled to receive one share of the Companys common stock for each vested Restricted Stock Unit. During 2008, the Company awarded 9,944 Restricted Stock Units to certain associates and executive officers. During 2008, the Company awarded 1,000 shares of restricted stock to its non-employee directors. The shares awarded to non-employee directors will vest in 2009.
| 59
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
12. Shareholders Equity (continued)
The following table summarizes nonvested share-based awards.
Number
of Awards |
Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair Value |
|||||
Nonvested awards at January 1, 2008 |
29,132 | $ | 373.96 | |||
Granted |
10,944 | 461.65 | ||||
Vested |
(7,721 | ) | 272.19 | |||
Forfeited |
(6,786 | ) | 419.29 | |||
Nonvested awards at December 31, 2008 |
25,569 | $ | 337.89 | |||
The fair value of the Companys share-based awards is determined based on the closing price of the Companys common shares on the grant date. The weighted average grant-date fair value of the Companys share-based awards granted in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $461.65, $492.30 and $324.00, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based awards was $5.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.4 years. The fair value of the Companys share-based awards that vested during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
13. Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss) includes net holding gains (losses) on investments arising during the period less reclassification adjustments for net gains (losses) included in net income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) also includes foreign currency translation adjustments and changes in net actuarial pension loss. The related tax expense (benefit) on net holding gains (losses) on investments arising during the period was $(320.3) million, $(18.6) million and $109.1 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The related tax expense (benefit) on the reclassification adjustments for net gains (losses) included in net income (loss) was $(142.6) million, $21.7 million and $22.9 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The related tax expense (benefit) on foreign currency translation adjustments was $(4.3) million, $2.0 million and $(0.9) million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The related tax expense (benefit) on the change in net actuarial pension loss was $(3.6) million and $0.8 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively.
14. Fair Value Measurements
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . Statement No. 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value, clarifies the definition of fair value within that framework and expands disclosure requirements regarding the use of fair value measurements. The adoption of Statement No. 157 did not have a material impact on the Companys financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157. FSP No. 157-2 deferred the effective date of Statement No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis, until January 1, 2009. The adoption of FSP No. 157-2 did not have an impact on the Companys financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Statement No. 157 establishes a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure the assets or liabilities fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the classification is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability. Classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy considers the markets in
60 |
14. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability and transparency of the assumptions used to determine fair value. The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. The levels of the hierarchy are defined as follows:
Level 1 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets.
Level 2 - Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and market-corroborated inputs.
Level 3 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable for the asset or liability and are significant to the fair value measurement.
In accordance with Statement No. 157, the Company determines fair value based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company uses various methods, including the market, income and cost approaches. The Company uses valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Company to measure assets and liabilities at fair value, including an indication of the level within the fair value hierarchy in which each asset or liability is generally classified.
Investments available for sale. Investments available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and include fixed maturities, equity securities and short-term investments. Short-term investments include certificates of deposit, commercial paper, discount notes and treasury bills with original maturities of one year or less. Fair value for investments available for sale is determined by the Company after considering various sources of information, including information provided by a third party pricing service. The pricing service provides prices for substantially all of the Companys fixed maturities and equity securities. In determining fair value, the Company generally does not adjust the prices obtained from the pricing service. The Company obtains an understanding of the pricing services valuation methodologies and related inputs, which include, but are not limited to, reported trades, benchmark yields, issuer spreads, bids, offers, duration, credit ratings, estimated cash flows and prepayment speeds. The Company validates prices provided by the pricing service by reviewing prices from other pricing sources and analyzing pricing data in certain instances.
Fair value for investments available for sale is measured based upon quoted prices in active markets, if available. Due to variations in trading volumes and the lack of quoted market prices for fixed maturities, the fair value of fixed maturities is normally derived through recent reported trades for identical or similar securities, making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available market observable data described above. If there are no recent reported trades, the fair value of fixed maturities may be derived through the use of matrix pricing or model processes, where future cash flow expectations are developed based upon collateral performance and discounted at an estimated market rate.
The Company has evaluated the various types of securities in its investment portfolio to determine an appropriate fair value hierarchy level based upon trading activity and the observability of market inputs. Level 1 investments include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange. Level 2 investments include U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies, municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and corporate debt securities.
| 61
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
14. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Derivatives. Derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and include a credit default swap. The fair value of the credit default swap is measured by the Company using a third party pricing model. See note 22 for a discussion of the valuation model for the credit default swap, including the key inputs and assumptions to the model. Due to the significance of unobservable inputs required in measuring the fair value of the credit default swap, the credit default swap has been classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
The following table presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008, by level within the fair value hierarchy.
(dollars in thousands) |
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||
Investments available for sale: |
||||||||||||
Fixed maturities |
$ | | $ | 4,592,552 | $ | | $ | 4,592,552 | ||||
Equity securities |
1,073,769 | | | 1,073,769 | ||||||||
Short-term investments |
468,008 | 40,826 | | 508,834 | ||||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Derivatives |
$ | | $ | | $ | 29,964 | $ | 29,964 | ||||
The following table summarizes changes in Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
(dollars in thousands) |
Derivatives | |||
Beginning balance as of January 1, 2008 |
$ | 33,141 | ||
Total net losses included in: |
||||
Net loss |
13,698 | |||
Other comprehensive loss |
| |||
Payments on credit default swap |
(16,875 | ) | ||
Net transfers into (out of) Level 3 |
| |||
Ending balance as of December 31, 2008 |
$ | 29,964 | ||
Net unrealized losses included in net loss for the period relating to liabilities held at December 31, 2008 |
$ | 13,698 | (1) | |
(1) |
Included in net investment income in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). |
At December 31, 2008, the Company did not hold material investments in auction rate securities, loans held for sale or mortgage-backed securities backed by subprime or Alt-A collateral, which were financial instruments whose valuations, in many cases, were significantly affected by the lack of market liquidity during 2008. The Company did not have any assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2008.
15. Reinsurance
The Company purchases reinsurance in order to reduce its retention on individual risks and enable it to underwrite policies with sufficient limits to meet policyholder needs. In a reinsurance transaction, an insurance company transfers, or cedes, all or part of its exposure in return for a portion of the premium. The ceding of insurance does not legally discharge the Company from its primary liability for the full amount of the policies, and the Company will be required to pay the loss and bear collection risk if the reinsurer fails to meet its obligations under the reinsurance agreement.
62 |
15. Reinsurance (continued)
A credit risk exists with reinsurance ceded to the extent that any reinsurer is unable to meet the obligations assumed under the reinsurance agreements. Allowances are established for amounts deemed uncollectible. The Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentration of credit risk arising from its exposure to individual reinsurers. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, balances recoverable from the Companys ten largest reinsurers, by group, represented approximately 71% and 72%, respectively, of the reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses. At December 31, 2008, the Companys largest reinsurance balance was due from the Munich Re Group and represented 16% of the reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses.
To further reduce credit exposure to reinsurance recoverable balances, the Company has received collateral, including letters of credit and trust accounts, from certain reinsurers. Collateral related to these reinsurance agreements is available, without restriction, when the Company pays losses covered by the reinsurance agreements.
The following table summarizes the Companys reinsurance allowance for doubtful accounts.
(dollars in thousands) |
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||
R EINSURANCE A LLOWANCE , B EGINNING OF Y EAR |
$ | 167,465 | $ | 184,995 | $ | 194,337 | |||
Additions: |
|||||||||
Charged to expense |
2,634 | | 214 | ||||||
Charged to other accounts |
3,672 | 92 | 15,700 | ||||||
T OTAL R EINSURANCE A LLOWANCE A DDITIONS |
6,306 | 92 | 15,914 | ||||||
Deductions |
17,889 | 17,622 | 25,256 | ||||||
R EINSURANCE A LLOWANCE , E ND OF Y EAR |
$ | 155,882 | $ | 167,465 | $ | 184,995 | |||
Management believes the Companys reinsurance allowance for doubtful accounts is adequate at December 31, 2008; however, the deterioration in the credit quality of existing reinsurers or disputes over reinsurance agreements could result in additional charges.
The following table summarizes the effect of reinsurance on premiums written and earned.
(dollars in thousands) |
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Written | Earned | Written | Earned | Written | Earned | |||||||||||||||||||
Direct |
$ | 2,002,882 | $ | 2,088,824 | $ | 2,164,035 | $ | 2,248,385 | $ | 2,365,802 | $ | 2,374,250 | ||||||||||||
Assumed |
209,902 | 202,031 | 194,904 | 184,037 | 170,428 | 165,889 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ceded |
(244,288 | ) | (268,671 | ) | (311,177 | ) | (315,128 | ) | (341,285 | ) | (355,758 | ) | ||||||||||||
N ET P REMIUMS |
$ | 1,968,496 | $ | 2,022,184 | $ | 2,047,762 | $ | 2,117,294 | $ | 2,194,945 | $ | 2,184,381 | ||||||||||||
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses were net of reinsurance recoverables (ceded incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses) of $226.7 million, $98.0 million and $67.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Ceded incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses in 2008 included ceded losses on the 2008 Hurricanes of $58.6 million.
The percentage of assumed earned premiums to net earned premiums for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was approximately 10%, 9% and 8%, respectively.
| 63
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
16. Commitments and Contingencies
a) The Company leases substantially all of its facilities and certain furniture and equipment under noncancelable operating leases with remaining terms up to approximately 12 years.
The following table summarizes the Companys minimum annual rental commitments, excluding taxes, insurance and other operating costs payable directly by the Company, for noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2008.
Years Ending December 31, |
(dollars in
thousands) |
||
2009 |
$ | 15,852 | |
2010 |
15,705 | ||
2011 |
12,894 | ||
2012 |
10,788 | ||
2013 |
10,562 | ||
2014 and thereafter |
39,148 | ||
T OTAL |
$ | 104,949 | |
Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $20.2 million, $18.5 million and $15.5 million, respectively.
b) The Company had $25.1 million and $18.7 million of commercial loan participations outstanding with First Market Bank, an affiliate, at December 31, 2008 and 2007. In addition to these amounts outstanding, the Company had unfunded commitments to extend credit for commercial loans of $63.8 million and $55.5 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The funding of these commitments is contingent upon certain performance criteria being met by the borrowers and, as a result, does not necessarily represent amounts that will be funded by the Company in the future. The Company attempts to maintain an outstanding loan balance of less than $30.0 million at any point in time. The outstanding loan participations are included in receivables on the consolidated balance sheets.
c) Among the coverages written through the Markel Brokered Excess and Surplus Lines unit is a program covering financial institutions against defaults on second mortgages and home equity loans. The program was written through one managing general agent. The Company is in the process of winding down its participation in the program and has not accepted any new insureds since October 2008. In 2008, gross written premiums under the program were approximately $35 million and paid losses were approximately $29 million.
On February 10, 2009, Guaranty Bank, an insured under the program, filed a lawsuit against the Companys subsidiary, Evanston Insurance Company, and the managing general agent, Universal Assurors Agency, Inc., in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin. The lawsuit alleges violations of the Wisconsin insurance code relating to Guaranty Banks policy, which has been in force since 2004, and seeks, among other things, the return of all premiums paid under the policy and a declaration requiring continued coverage of losses notwithstanding the claim for return of premiums paid. Premiums paid since inception under Guaranty Banks policy have been approximately $30 million and covered losses have been approximately $22 million. The policy insures a portfolio of loans totaling approximately $640 million, and the limit of the Companys liability for additional losses with respect to the covered loans is estimated to be approximately $135 million. While the Company does not believe the plaintiff is entitled to the relief sought, it is still in the initial stages of evaluating the plaintiffs claims and the outcome cannot be predicted at this time.
Other contingencies arise in the normal conduct of the Companys operations and are not expected to have a material impact on the Companys financial condition or results of operations. However, adverse outcomes are possible and could negatively impact the Companys financial condition and results of operations.
64 |
17. Related Party Transactions
The Company engages in certain related party transactions in the normal course of business. These transactions are at arms length and, except as disclosed in note 16(b), are immaterial to the Companys consolidated financial statements.
18. Statutory Financial Information
a) The following table includes unaudited selected information for the Companys wholly-owned domestic insurance subsidiaries as filed with state insurance regulatory authorities.
(dollars in thousands) |
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (8,019 | ) | $ | 287,520 | $ | 339,662 | |||
Statutory capital and surplus |
$ | 985,675 | $ | 1,283,860 | $ | 1,376,836 | ||||
The laws of the domicile states of the Companys domestic insurance subsidiaries govern the amount of dividends that may be paid to the Company. Generally, statutes in the domicile states of the Companys domestic insurance subsidiaries require prior approval for payment of extraordinary as opposed to ordinary dividends. At December 31, 2008, the Companys domestic insurance subsidiaries could pay up to $99.6 million during the following 12 months under the ordinary dividend regulations.
In converting from statutory accounting principles to U.S. GAAP, typical adjustments include deferral of policy acquisition costs, differences in the calculation of deferred income taxes and the inclusion of net unrealized holding gains or losses relating to fixed maturities in shareholders equity. The Company does not use any permitted statutory accounting practices that are different from prescribed statutory accounting practices.
b) MIICL files an annual audited return with the Financial Services Authority (FSA) in the United Kingdom. Assets and liabilities reported within the annual FSA return are prepared subject to specified rules concerning valuation and admissibility.
The following table summarizes MIICLs FSA Return net income and policyholders surplus.
(dollars in thousands) |
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||
2008 (1) | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (43,853 | ) | $ | 57,188 | $ | 51,343 | |||
Policyholders surplus |
$ | 260,872 | $ | 329,736 | $ | 312,073 | ||||
(1) |
Estimated and unaudited. |
MIICLs ability to pay dividends is limited by applicable FSA requirements, which require MIICL to give 14 days advance notice to the FSA of its intention to declare and pay a dividend. In addition, MIICL must comply with the United Kingdom Companies Act of 1985, which provides that dividends may only be paid out of distributable profits.
19. Segment Reporting Disclosures
The Company operates in three segments of the specialty insurance marketplace: the Excess and Surplus Lines, the Specialty Admitted and the London markets.
All investing activities are included in the Investing segment. For purposes of segment reporting, the Other segment includes lines of business that have been discontinued in conjunction with an acquisition.
| 65
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
19. Segment Reporting Disclosures (continued)
The Company considers many factors, including the nature of the underwriting units insurance products, production sources, distribution strategies and regulatory environment in determining how to aggregate operating segments.
For 2008, 23% of the Companys gross written premiums related to foreign risks, of which 32% were from the United Kingdom. For 2007, 24% of the Companys gross written premiums related to foreign risks, of which 33% were from the United Kingdom. For 2006, 22% of the Companys gross written premiums related to foreign risks, of which 36% were from the United Kingdom. In each of these years, the United Kingdom was the only individual foreign country from which gross written premiums were material. Gross written premiums are attributed to individual countries based upon location of risk.
Segment profit or loss for each of the Companys operating segments is measured by underwriting profit or loss. The property and casualty insurance industry commonly defines underwriting profit or loss as earned premiums net of losses and loss adjustment expenses and underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses. Underwriting profit or loss does not replace operating income (loss) or net income (loss) computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP as a measure of profitability. Underwriting profit or loss provides a basis for management to evaluate the Companys underwriting performance. Segment profit for the Investing segment is measured by net investment income and net realized investment gains or losses.
The Company does not allocate assets to the Excess and Surplus Lines, Specialty Admitted and London Insurance Market operating segments for management reporting purposes. Total invested assets and the related net investment income are allocated to the Investing segment since these assets are available for payment of losses and expenses for all operating segments. The Company does not allocate capital expenditures for long-lived assets to any of its operating segments for management reporting purposes.
a) The following tables summarize the Companys segment disclosures.
Year Ended December 31, 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
Excess and
Surplus Lines |
Specialty
Admitted |
London
Insurance Market |
Investing | Other | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Gross premium volume |
$ | 1,163,992 | $ | 355,061 | $ | 693,138 | $ | | $ | 593 | $ | 2,212,784 | ||||||||||||
Net written premiums |
1,028,816 | 321,109 | 617,946 | | 625 | 1,968,496 | ||||||||||||||||||
Earned premiums |
1,089,967 | 315,764 | 615,828 | | 625 | 2,022,184 | ||||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
609,790 | 209,022 | 420,438 | | 29,775 | 1,269,025 | ||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of policy acquisition costs |
263,348 | 73,211 | 169,967 | | | 506,526 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other operating expenses |
128,667 | 51,766 | 52,682 | | (1,095 | ) | 232,020 | |||||||||||||||||
Underwriting profit (loss) |
88,162 | (18,235 | ) | (27,259 | ) | | (28,055 | ) | 14,613 | |||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
| | | 283,738 | | 283,738 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net realized investment losses |
| | | (407,594 | ) | | (407,594 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Segment profit (loss) |
$ | 88,162 | $ | (18,235 | ) | $ | (27,259 | ) | $ | (123,856 | ) | $ | (28,055 | ) | $ | (109,243 | ) | |||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
4,383 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
47,390 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
L OSS B EFORE I NCOME T AXES |
$ | (161,016 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. GAAP combined ratio (1) |
92 | % | 106 | % | 104 | % | | NM | (2) | 99 | % | |||||||||||||
(1) |
The U.S. GAAP combined ratio is a measure of underwriting performance and represents the relationship of incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses and underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses to earned premiums. |
(2) |
NM Ratio is not meaningful. |
66 |
19. Segment Reporting Disclosures (continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
Excess and
Surplus Lines |
Specialty
Admitted |
London
Insurance Market |
Investing | Other | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||
Gross premium volume |
$ | 1,316,691 | $ | 346,647 | $ | 693,197 | $ | | $ | 2,404 | $ | 2,358,939 | |||||||||||
Net written premiums |
1,121,373 | 322,461 | 601,976 | | 1,952 | 2,047,762 | |||||||||||||||||
Earned premiums |
1,154,773 | 320,144 | 640,425 | | 1,952 | 2,117,294 | |||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
539,910 | 177,970 | 354,968 | | 23,355 | 1,096,203 | |||||||||||||||||
Amortization of policy acquisition costs |
281,466 | 77,646 | 158,691 | | | 517,803 | |||||||||||||||||
Other operating expenses |
127,980 | 37,641 | 80,396 | | (7,121 | ) | 238,896 | ||||||||||||||||
Underwriting profit (loss) |
205,417 | 26,887 | 46,370 | | (14,282 | ) | 264,392 | ||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
| | | 306,458 | | 306,458 | |||||||||||||||||
Net realized investment gains |
| | | 59,504 | | 59,504 | |||||||||||||||||
Segment profit (loss) |
$ | 205,417 | $ | 26,887 | $ | 46,370 | $ | 365,962 | $ | (14,282 | ) | $ | 630,354 | ||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
2,145 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
56,251 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
I NCOME B EFORE I NCOME T AXES |
$ | 571,958 | |||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. GAAP combined ratio (1) |
82 | % | 92 | % | 93 | % | | NM | (2) | 88 | % | ||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
Excess and
Surplus Lines |
Specialty
Admitted |
London
Insurance Market |
Investing | Other | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||
Gross premium volume |
$ | 1,465,725 | $ | 340,483 | $ | 729,160 | $ | | $ | 862 | $ | 2,536,230 | |||||||||||
Net written premiums |
1,228,797 | 322,466 | 643,485 | | 197 | 2,194,945 | |||||||||||||||||
Earned premiums |
1,242,184 | 317,401 | 624,599 | | 197 | 2,184,381 | |||||||||||||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
538,943 | 180,556 | 391,395 | | 21,685 | 1,132,579 | |||||||||||||||||
Amortization of policy acquisition costs |
308,518 | 76,153 | 147,906 | | | 532,577 | |||||||||||||||||
Other operating expenses |
115,408 | 32,596 | 85,322 | | 1,950 | 235,276 | |||||||||||||||||
Underwriting profit (loss) |
279,315 | 28,096 | (24 | ) | | (23,438 | ) | 283,949 | |||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
| | | 271,016 | | 271,016 | |||||||||||||||||
Net realized investment gains |
| | | 63,608 | | 63,608 | |||||||||||||||||
Segment profit (loss) |
$ | 279,315 | $ | 28,096 | $ | (24 | ) | $ | 334,624 | $ | (23,438 | ) | $ | 618,573 | |||||||||
Interest expense |
65,172 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
I NCOME B EFORE I NCOME T AXES |
$ | 553,401 | |||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. GAAP combined ratio (1) |
78 | % | 91 | % | 100 | % | | NM | (2) | 87 | % | ||||||||||||
(1) |
The U.S. GAAP combined ratio is a measure of underwriting performance and represents the relationship of incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses and underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses to earned premiums. |
(2) |
NMRatio is not meaningful. |
| 67
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
19. Segment Reporting Disclosures (continued)
b) The following table summarizes deferred policy acquisition costs, unearned premiums and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses by segment.
(dollars in thousands) |
Deferred Policy
Acquisition Costs |
Unearned
Premiums |
Unpaid Losses and
Loss Adjustment Expenses |
||||||
December 31, 2008 |
|||||||||
Excess and Surplus Lines |
$ | 99,497 | $ | 453,016 | $ | 2,694,659 | |||
Specialty Admitted |
33,849 | 164,669 | 351,291 | ||||||
London Insurance Market |
50,409 | 210,203 | 1,849,639 | ||||||
Other |
| | 596,750 | ||||||
T OTAL |
$ | 183,755 | $ | 827,888 | $ | 5,492,339 | |||
December 31, 2007 |
|||||||||
Excess and Surplus Lines |
$ | 111,075 | $ | 536,791 | $ | 2,614,817 | |||
Specialty Admitted |
35,512 | 156,235 | 299,623 | ||||||
London Insurance Market |
55,704 | 247,283 | 1,966,698 | ||||||
Other |
| | 644,435 | ||||||
T OTAL |
$ | 202,291 | $ | 940,309 | $ | 5,525,573 | |||
c) The following table summarizes segment earned premiums by major product grouping.
(dollars in thousands) |
Property | Casualty |
Professional/
Products Liability |
Other | Consolidated | ||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2008 |
|||||||||||||||
Excess and Surplus Lines |
$ | 182,114 | $ | 326,260 | $ | 354,053 | $ | 227,540 | $ | 1,089,967 | |||||
Specialty Admitted |
140,650 | 131,716 | | 43,398 | 315,764 | ||||||||||
London Insurance Market |
204,722 | 48,713 | 243,050 | 119,343 | 615,828 | ||||||||||
Other |
| | | 625 | 625 | ||||||||||
E ARNED P REMIUMS |
$ | 527,486 | $ | 506,689 | $ | 597,103 | $ | 390,906 | $ | 2,022,184 | |||||
Year Ended December 31, 2007 |
|||||||||||||||
Excess and Surplus Lines |
$ | 168,461 | $ | 372,148 | $ | 356,822 | $ | 257,342 | $ | 1,154,773 | |||||
Specialty Admitted |
134,780 | 136,972 | | 48,392 | 320,144 | ||||||||||
London Insurance Market |
205,257 | 64,330 | 257,366 | 113,472 | 640,425 | ||||||||||
Other |
| | | 1,952 | 1,952 | ||||||||||
E ARNED P REMIUMS |
$ | 508,498 | $ | 573,450 | $ | 614,188 | $ | 421,158 | $ | 2,117,294 | |||||
Year Ended December 31, 2006 |
|||||||||||||||
Excess and Surplus Lines |
$ | 204,257 | $ | 404,861 | $ | 368,160 | $ | 264,906 | $ | 1,242,184 | |||||
Specialty Admitted |
127,725 | 137,755 | | 51,921 | 317,401 | ||||||||||
London Insurance Market |
218,493 | 61,344 | 242,257 | 102,505 | 624,599 | ||||||||||
Other |
| | | 197 | 197 | ||||||||||
E ARNED P REMIUMS |
$ | 550,475 | $ | 603,960 | $ | 610,417 | $ | 419,529 | $ | 2,184,381 | |||||
The Company does not manage products at this level of aggregation. The Company offers over 100 major product lines and manages these products in logical groupings within each underwriting unit.
68 |
19. Segment Reporting Disclosures (continued)
d) The following table reconciles segment assets to the Companys consolidated balance sheets.
(dollars in thousands) |
December 31, | ||||||||
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||
Segment Assets: |
|||||||||
Investing |
$ | 6,908,456 | $ | 7,788,206 | $ | 7,535,295 | |||
Other |
2,569,234 | 2,346,213 | 2,552,836 | ||||||
T OTAL A SSETS |
$ | 9,477,690 | $ | 10,134,419 | $ | 10,088,131 | |||
20. Employee Benefit Plans
a) The Company maintains a defined contribution plan for its United States employees, the Markel Corporation Retirement Savings Plan, in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company provides another defined contribution plan for Markel International employees. This plan is in line with local market terms and conditions of employment. Expenses relating to the Companys defined contribution plans were $12.7 million, $11.5 million and $10.3 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
b) The Terra Nova Pension Plan is a defined benefit plan which covers Markel International employees who meet the eligibility conditions set out in the plan. The plan has been closed to new participants since 2001. The cost of providing pensions for employees is charged to earnings over the average working life of employees according to actuarial recommendations. Final benefits are based on the employees years of credited service and the higher of pensionable compensation received in the calendar year preceding retirement or the best average pensionable compensation received in any three consecutive years in the ten years preceding retirement. The Company uses December 31 as the measurement date for the Terra Nova Pension Plan.
Markel Syndicate Management also provided certain Markel International employees with one of two defined benefit plans (Markel Syndicate Management Plans), which up until the Companys withdrawal in 2008 were run in connection with the multi-employer Lloyds Superannuation Scheme (the Scheme). The Markel Syndicate Management Plans, which are closed to new participants, are similar in operation to the Terra Nova Pension Plan, although the benefit structure differs. In 2006, the Company gave notice to the trustees of the Scheme of its intent to withdraw. As a result, the Company established a liability of $7.7 million for its obligations under the Scheme. In November 2008, the Company successfully negotiated its withdrawal from the Scheme and, as part of the agreement, paid $9.5 million for its obligations under the Scheme. The payment resulted in the Company recognizing an additional expense of $1.8 million during 2008. In accordance with the terms of withdrawal, the Companys obligations under the Markel Syndicate Management Plans and the associated plan assets were transferred into the Terra Nova Pension Plan. At the time of this transfer, the Companys portion of the Schemes assets approximated its estimated projected benefit obligation. The Companys contributions to the Scheme were $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $3.1 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement No. 158, Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans , as of December 31, 2006. Statement No. 158 requires an employer to recognize the funded status of defined benefit and other postretirement plans as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheet. Funded status represents the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation. Changes in the net actuarial pension loss, net of taxes, are required to be recognized through other comprehensive income (loss) in the year in which the changes occur. Upon the adoption of Statement No. 158, the Company recorded a net actuarial pension loss, net of taxes, of $25.0 million direct change to accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2006.
| 69
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
20. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)
The following table summarizes the funded status of the Terra Nova Pension Plan and the amounts recognized on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the Company.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | ||||||
Change in projected benefit obligation: |
||||||||
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of period |
$ | 110,568 | $ | 104,356 | ||||
Service cost |
1,940 | 2,183 | ||||||
Interest cost |
5,850 | 5,554 | ||||||
Participant contributions |
140 | 133 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(2,649 | ) | (2,537 | ) | ||||
Actuarial gain |
(8,904 | ) | (1,230 | ) | ||||
Effect of foreign currency rate changes |
(30,408 | ) | 2,109 | |||||
Transfer in of the Schemes projected benefit obligation |
16,905 | | ||||||
P ROJECTED B ENEFIT O BLIGATION AT E ND OF YEAR |
$ | 93,442 | $ | 110,568 | ||||
Change in plan assets: |
||||||||
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period |
$ | 102,936 | $ | 93,821 | ||||
Actual gain (loss) on plan assets |
(14,844 | ) | 6,541 | |||||
Employer contributions |
13,068 | 3,099 | ||||||
Participant contributions |
140 | 133 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(2,649 | ) | (2,537 | ) | ||||
Effect of foreign currency rate changes |
(29,492 | ) | 1,879 | |||||
Transfer in of the Schemes assets |
16,905 | | ||||||
F AIR V ALUE OF P LAN A SSETS AT E ND OF Y EAR |
$ | 86,064 | $ | 102,936 | ||||
Funded status of the plan |
$ | (7,378 | ) | $ | (7,632 | ) | ||
Net actuarial pension loss |
46,473 | 36,103 | ||||||
T OTAL |
$ | 39,095 | $ | 28,471 | ||||
Net actuarial pension loss is recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of a tax benefit of $16.3 million and $12.6 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively. The liability for pension benefits, or the funded status of the plan, is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost and the weighted average assumptions for the Terra Nova Pension Plan.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||
Components of net periodic benefit cost: |
||||||||||||
Service cost |
$ | 1,940 | $ | 2,183 | $ | 1,931 | ||||||
Interest cost |
5,850 | 5,554 | 4,342 | |||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(7,208 | ) | (7,298 | ) | (6,273 | ) | ||||||
Amortization of net actuarial pension loss |
1,602 | 1,917 | 1,844 | |||||||||
N ET P ERIODIC B ENEFIT C OST |
$ | 2,184 | $ | 2,356 | $ | 1,844 | ||||||
Weighted average assumptions as of December 31: |
||||||||||||
Discount rate |
6.0 | % | 5.8 | % | 5.3 | % | ||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
7.2 | % | 7.5 | % | 7.5 | % | ||||||
Rate of compensation increase |
4.5 | % | 5.3 | % | 5.0 | % | ||||||
70 |
20. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)
Plan assets, which consist primarily of equity securities and fixed maturities, are valued using current market quotations. The projected benefit obligation and the net periodic benefit cost are determined by independent actuaries using assumptions provided by the Company. In determining the discount rate, the Company uses the current yield on high-quality, fixed-income investments that have maturities corresponding to the anticipated timing of estimated defined benefit payments. The Companys discount rate approximates a bond yield from a published index that includes AA rated corporate bonds with maturities of 15 years or more. The expected return on plan assets is estimated based upon the anticipated average yield on the plan assets. Asset returns reflect managements belief that 4.5% is a reasonable rate of return to anticipate for fixed maturities given current market conditions and future expectations. In addition, the expected return on plan assets includes an assumption that equity securities will outperform fixed maturities by approximately 3.5% over the long term. The rate of compensation increase is based upon historical experience and managements expectation of future compensation.
Managements discount rate and rate of compensation increase assumptions at December 31, 2008 were used to calculate the Companys projected benefit obligation. Managements discount rate, expected return on plan assets and rate of compensation increase assumptions at December 31, 2007 were used to calculate the net periodic benefit cost for 2008. The Company estimates that net periodic benefit cost in 2009 will include an expense of $1.9 million resulting from the amortization of the net actuarial pension loss included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2008.
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair value of plan assets exceeded the plans accumulated benefit obligation of $79.9 million and $92.7 million, respectively. The Company expects to make plan contributions of $3.9 million in 2009.
The Companys target asset allocation for the plan is 73% to 77% equity securities and 23% to 27% fixed maturities. At December 31, 2008, the actual allocation of assets in the plan was 75% equity securities and 25% fixed maturities. At December 31, 2007, the actual allocation of plan assets was 85% equity securities and 15% fixed maturities.
Investments are managed by a third-party investment manager. Equity securities are invested in two index funds that are allocated 65% to shares of United Kingdom companies and 35% to companies in other markets. The primary objective of investing in this fund is to earn rates of return that are consistently in excess of inflation. Investing in equity securities, historically, has provided rates of return that are higher than investments in fixed maturities. As the Companys obligations under this pension plan are expected to be paid out over a period in excess of thirty years, the Company primarily invests in equity securities. Fixed maturity investments are allocated between four index funds, two that include United Kingdom government securities, one that includes securities issued by other foreign governments and one that includes United Kingdom corporate securities. The assets in these funds are invested to meet the Companys obligations for current pensioners and those individuals nearing retirement. The plan does not invest in the Companys common shares.
The benefits expected to be paid in each year from 2009 to 2013 are $2.2 million, $2.2 million, $2.3 million, $2.3 million and $2.4 million, respectively. The aggregate benefits expected to be paid in the five years from 2014 to 2018 are $13.0 million. The expected benefits to be paid are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Companys projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2008 and include estimated future employee service.
| 71
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
21. Markel Corporation (Parent Company Only) Financial Information
The following parent company only condensed financial information reflects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Markel Corporation.
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
72 |
21. Markel Corporation (Parent Company Only) Financial Information (continued)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ( LOSS )
| 73
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
21. Markel Corporation (Parent Company Only) Financial Information (continued)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
74 |
22. Derivatives
In 2007, the Company entered into a credit default swap agreement, under which third party credit risk was transferred from a counterparty to the Company in exchange for $30.0 million. The Company entered into the credit default swap agreement for investment purposes. The initial notional amount of the credit default swap was $50.0 million, which represented the Companys aggregate exposure to losses if specified credit events involving third party reference entities occur. These third party reference entities are specified under the terms of the agreement and represent a portfolio of names upon which the Company has assumed credit risk from the counterparty. The Companys exposure to loss from any one reference entity is limited to $20.0 million. The credit default swap agreement also provides for a $10.0 million threshold, whereby the Company is not liable for the first $10.0 million of losses on the portfolio. Once the $10.0 million threshold is met, the Company is liable for a maximum of $50.0 million of losses. The credit default swap has a scheduled termination date of December 2014.
The credit default swap is accounted for as a derivative instrument and is recorded at fair value and any changes in fair value are recorded in net investment income. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the credit default swap had a fair value of $30.0 million and $33.1 million, respectively. The fair value of the credit default swap is determined by the Company using an external valuation model that is dependent upon several inputs, including changes in interest rates, credit spreads, expected default rates, changes in credit quality, future expected recovery rates and other market factors. The fair value of the credit default swap is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Net investment income in 2008 and 2007 included adverse changes in the fair value of the credit default swap of $13.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively.
The Companys credit default swap included Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (Lehman Brothers) and Washington Mutual, Inc. (Washington Mutual) among its reference entities. On September 15, 2008, Lehman Brothers filed a petition under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. On September 26, 2008, Washington Mutual filed a petition under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. Both of these bankruptcies qualified as credit events as defined under the terms of the credit default swap agreement.
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company paid $8.3 million and $8.6 million to settle its obligations related to the Lehman Brothers and Washington Mutual credit events, respectively. In the case of Lehman Brothers, the aggregate loss was $18.3 million, and the Company paid the excess over the $10.0 million threshold. In the case of Washington Mutual, the Company paid the total amount of the loss. These payments reduced the Companys liability related to its credit default swap; as a result, the notional amount for which the Company has exposure decreased to $33.1 million. See notes 2(f) and 14 for further discussion of the Companys credit default swap.
The Company has foreign currency exchange rate risk associated with its assets and liabilities and manages this risk primarily by matching assets and liabilities in each foreign currency as closely as possible. To assist with the matching of assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, the Company periodically purchases foreign currency forward contracts. The Companys forward contracts are designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations and are recorded at fair value, with the changes in fair value recorded in currency translation adjustments as part of other comprehensive income (loss). Generally, the Companys forward contracts have maturities of three months. At December 31, 2008, the Company held two contracts outstanding with an aggregate notional amount of $64.8 million and an unrealized gain of $0.9 million. At December 31, 2007, the Company held one contract outstanding with a notional amount of $19.6 million and an unrealized loss of $0.5 million. Realized gains on forward contracts were $1.4 million for 2008. There were no realized gains or losses on forward contracts in 2007.
The Company had no other material derivative instruments at December 31, 2008.
| 75
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Markel Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Markel Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Markel Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48 related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes on January 1, 2007. As discussed in note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158 related to defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans as of December 31, 2006.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Markel Corporations internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Richmond, Virginia
February 26, 2009
76 |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Markel Corporation:
We have audited Markel Corporations (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting . Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
| 77
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (continued)
In our opinion, Markel Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Markel Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated February 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Richmond, Virginia
February 26, 2009
78 |
MANAGEMENTS REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Management does not expect that its internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. The design of any system of internal control over financial reporting also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.
Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation, we have concluded that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008.
KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the companys internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.
|
|
|||
Alan I. Kirshner | Richard R. Whitt, III | |||
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer | Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
February 26, 2009
| 79
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following table presents the unaudited quarterly results of consolidated operations for 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Quarters Ended | ||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
Mar. 31 | June 30 | Sept. 30 | Dec. 31 | ||||||||||||
2008 |
||||||||||||||||
Operating revenues |
$ | 520,124 | $ | 604,965 | $ | 415,616 | $ | 357,623 | ||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
46,451 | 113,079 | (238,927 | ) | (81,619 | ) | ||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
33,988 | 82,242 | (142,287 | ) | (32,710 | ) | ||||||||||
Comprehensive loss |
(19,889 | ) | (93,698 | ) | (158,822 | ) | (130,860 | ) | ||||||||
Net income (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 3.42 | $ | 8.30 | $ | (14.46 | ) | $ | (3.33 | ) | ||||||
Diluted |
3.41 | 8.29 | (14.46 | ) | (3.33 | ) | ||||||||||
Common stock price ranges: |
||||||||||||||||
High |
$ | 492.97 | $ | 458.31 | $ | 480.00 | $ | 392.38 | ||||||||
Low |
394.99 | 367.00 | 315.90 | 234.23 | ||||||||||||
2007 |
||||||||||||||||
Operating revenues |
$ | 618,941 | $ | 659,913 | $ | 619,455 | $ | 584,947 | ||||||||
Income before income taxes |
142,155 | 173,427 | 137,945 | 118,431 | ||||||||||||
Net income |
98,674 | 121,201 | 92,353 | 93,441 | ||||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
76,681 | 70,192 | 111,548 | 78,626 | ||||||||||||
Net income per share: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 9.89 | $ | 12.17 | $ | 9.28 | $ | 9.38 | ||||||||
Diluted |
9.88 | 12.15 | 9.26 | 9.36 | ||||||||||||
Common stock price ranges: |
||||||||||||||||
High |
$ | 505.89 | $ | 496.01 | $ | 521.99 | $ | 554.95 | ||||||||
Low |
461.17 | 454.83 | 457.50 | 456.01 | ||||||||||||
2006 |
||||||||||||||||
Operating revenues |
$ | 619,630 | $ | 614,788 | $ | 634,414 | $ | 650,173 | ||||||||
Income before income taxes |
111,000 | 132,087 | 144,626 | 165,688 | ||||||||||||
Net income |
76,590 | 90,432 | 104,098 | 121,382 | ||||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
45,094 | 31,776 | 236,987 | 236,938 | ||||||||||||
Net income per share: |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 7.87 | $ | 9.36 | $ | 10.77 | $ | 12.41 | ||||||||
Diluted |
7.67 | 9.11 | 10.47 | 12.17 | ||||||||||||
Common stock price ranges: |
||||||||||||||||
High |
$ | 350.33 | $ | 361.99 | $ | 411.50 | $ | 494.00 | ||||||||
Low |
315.50 | 325.00 | 332.44 | 389.76 |
80 |
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Critical Accounting Estimates
The accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of Markel Corporation and all subsidiaries. For a discussion of our significant accounting policies, see note 1 of the notes to consolidated financial statements.
Critical accounting estimates are those estimates that both are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require us to exercise significant judgment. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of material contingent assets and liabilities, including litigation contingencies. These estimates, by necessity, are based on assumptions about numerous factors.
We review our critical accounting estimates and assumptions quarterly. These reviews include evaluating the adequacy of reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, the reinsurance allowance for doubtful accounts and income tax liabilities, as well as analyzing the recoverability of deferred tax assets, assessing goodwill for impairment and evaluating the investment portfolio for other-than-temporary declines in estimated fair value. Actual results may differ materially from the estimates and assumptions used in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Our consolidated balance sheet included estimated unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses of $5.5 billion and reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses of $1.0 billion at December 31, 2008 compared to $5.5 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2007. We do not discount our reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses to reflect estimated present value.
We accrue liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses based upon estimates of the ultimate amounts payable. We maintain reserves for specific claims incurred and reported (case reserves) and reserves for claims incurred but not reported (IBNR reserves).
Reported claims are in various stages of the settlement process, and the corresponding reserves for reported claims are based primarily on case-by-case evaluations of the individual claims. Case reserves consider our estimate of the ultimate cost to settle the claims, including investigation and defense of lawsuits resulting from the claims, and may be subject to adjustment for differences between costs originally estimated and costs subsequently re-estimated or incurred. Each claim is settled individually based upon its merits, and some claims may take years to settle, especially if legal action is involved.
As of any balance sheet date, all claims have not yet been reported, and some claims may not be reported for many years. As a result, the liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses includes significant estimates for incurred but not reported claims.
U.S. GAAP requires that IBNR reserves be based on the estimated ultimate cost of settling claims, including the effects of inflation and other social and economic factors, using past experience adjusted for current trends and any other factors that would modify past experience. IBNR reserves are generally calculated by subtracting paid losses and case reserves from estimated ultimate losses. IBNR reserves were 61% of total unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2008 compared to 60% at December 31, 2007.
| 81
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
Our liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses can generally be categorized into two distinct groups, short-tail business and long-tail business. Short-tail business refers to lines of business, such as property, accident and health, motorcycle, watercraft and marine hull exposures for which losses are usually known and paid shortly after the loss actually occurs. Long-tail business describes lines of business for which specific losses may not be known and reported for some period and losses take much longer to emerge. Given the time frame over which long-tail exposures are ultimately settled, there is greater uncertainty and volatility in these lines than in short-tail lines of business. Our long-tail coverages consist of most casualty lines including professional liability, directors and officers liability, products liability, general liability and excess and umbrella exposures. Some factors that contribute to the uncertainty and volatility of long-tail casualty programs, and thus require a significant degree of judgment in the reserving process, include the inherent uncertainty as to the length of reporting and payment development patterns, the possibility of judicial interpretations or legislative changes that might impact future loss experience relative to prior loss experience and the potential lack of comparability of the underlying data used in performing loss reserve analyses.
Our ultimate liability may be greater or less than current reserves. Changes in our estimated ultimate liability for loss reserves generally occur as the result of the emergence of unanticipated loss activity, the completion of specific actuarial or claims studies or changes in internal or external factors. We closely monitor new information on reported claims and use statistical analyses prepared by our actuaries to evaluate the adequacy of our recorded reserves. We are required to exercise considerable judgment when assessing the relative credibility of loss development trends. Our philosophy is to establish loss reserves that are more likely redundant than deficient. This means that we seek to establish loss reserves that will ultimately prove to be adequate. As a result, if new information or trends indicate an increase in frequency or severity of claims in excess of what we initially anticipated, we generally respond quickly and increase loss reserves. If, however, frequency or severity trends are more favorable than initially anticipated, we often wait to evaluate experience in additional periods to confirm the credibility of the trend before reducing our loss reserves. In addition, for long-tail lines of business, trends develop over longer periods of time, and as a result, we give credibility to these trends more slowly than for short-tail or less volatile lines of business.
Each quarter, our actuaries prepare estimates of the ultimate liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses based on established actuarial methods. Management reviews these estimates, supplements the actuarial analyses with information provided by claims, underwriting and other operational personnel and determines its best estimate of loss reserves, which is recorded in our financial statements. Our procedures for determining the adequacy of loss reserves at the end of the year are substantially similar to the procedures applied at the end of each interim period.
Additionally, once a year, generally during the third quarter, we conduct a detailed review of our liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses for asbestos and environmental (A&E) claims. If there is significant development on A&E claims in advance of the annual review, such development is considered by our actuaries and by management as part of our quarterly review process. We consider a detailed annual review appropriate because A&E claims develop slowly, are typically reported and paid many years after the loss event occurs and, historically, have exhibited a high degree of variability.
Any adjustments resulting from our interim or year-end reviews, including changes in estimates, are recorded as a component of losses and loss adjustment expenses in the period of the change. Reserve changes that increase previous estimates of ultimate claims cost are referred to as unfavorable or adverse development, deficiencies or reserve strengthening. Reserve changes that decrease previous estimates of ultimate claims cost are referred to as favorable development or redundancies.
82 |
In establishing our liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, our actuaries estimate an ultimate loss ratio, by accident year, for each of our over 100 major product lines with input from our underwriting and claims associates. In estimating an ultimate loss ratio for a particular line of business, our actuaries may use one or more actuarial reserving methods and select from these a single point estimate. To varying degrees, these methods include detailed statistical analysis of past claim reporting, settlement activity, claim frequency and severity, policyholder loss experience, industry loss experience and changes in market conditions, policy forms and exposures. The actuarial methods we use include:
Paid Loss Development This method uses historical loss payment patterns to estimate future loss payment patterns. Our actuaries use the historical loss patterns to develop factors that are applied to current paid loss amounts to calculate expected ultimate losses.
Incurred Loss Development This method uses historical loss reporting patterns to estimate future loss reporting patterns. Our actuaries use the historical loss patterns to develop factors that are applied to current reported losses to calculate expected ultimate losses.
Bornhuetter-Ferguson Paid Loss Development This method divides the projection of ultimate losses into the portion that has already been paid and the portion that has yet to be paid. The portion that has yet to be paid is estimated as the product of three amounts: the premium earned for the exposure period, the expected loss ratio and the percentage of ultimate losses that are still unpaid. The expected loss ratio is selected by considering historical loss ratios, adjusted for any known changes in pricing, loss trends, adequacy of case reserves, changes in administrative practices and other relevant factors.
Bornhuetter-Ferguson Incurred Loss Development This method is identical to the Bornhuetter-Ferguson paid loss development method, except that it uses the percentage of ultimate losses that are still unreported, instead of the percentage of ultimate losses that are still unpaid.
Frequency/Severity Under this method, expected ultimate losses are equal to the product of the expected ultimate number of claims and the expected ultimate average cost per claim. Our actuaries use historical reporting patterns and severity patterns to develop factors that are applied to the current reported amounts to calculate expected ultimate losses.
Each actuarial method has its own set of assumptions and its own strengths and limitations, with no one method being better than the others in all situations. For example, if a particular line of business has experienced significant changes in claims handling practices that would impact the comparability of case reserves between periods, we would make appropriate adjustments to the data and would give less credibility to the incurred loss development method. Our actuaries select the reserving methods that they believe will produce the most reliable estimate for the class of business being evaluated. Greater judgment may be required when we introduce new product lines or when there have been changes in claims handling practices, as the statistical data available may be insufficient. In these instances, we may rely upon assumptions applied to similar lines of business, rely more heavily on industry experience or take into account changes in underwriting guidelines and risk selection. For example, in 2007, we began offering a pet health product, which indemnifies the pet owner for medical expenses incurred as a result of injury or illness to their covered pet. This is a class of business that we had not previously underwritten. Given our limited historical experience with this program, we have relied more heavily on the programs historical development patterns. For comparison and validation purposes, we also have compared these development
| 83
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
patterns to those in human healthcare products that offer similar types of coverage and benefits and have similar claims reporting trends. In the future, as we develop more experience with our pet health product, our actuarial methods may rely more on our historical experience.
A key assumption in most actuarial analyses is that past development patterns will repeat themselves in the future, absent a significant change in internal or external factors that influence the ultimate cost of our unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. Our estimates reflect implicit and explicit assumptions regarding the potential effects of external factors, including economic and social inflation, judicial decisions, law changes, general economic conditions and recent trends in these factors. Our actuarial analyses are based on statistical analysis, but also consist of reviewing internal factors that are difficult to analyze statistically, including underwriting and claims handling changes. In some of our markets, and where we act as a reinsurer, the timing and amount of information reported about underlying claims are in the control of third parties. This can also affect estimates and require re-estimation as new information becomes available.
As indicated above, we may use one or more actuarial reserving methods, which incorporate numerous underlying judgments and assumptions, to establish our estimate of ultimate loss reserves. While we use our best judgment in establishing our estimate for loss reserves, applying different assumptions and variables could lead to significantly different loss reserve estimates.
Loss frequency and loss severity are two key measures of loss activity that often result in adjustments to actuarial assumptions relative to ultimate loss reserve estimates. Loss frequency measures the number of claims per unit of insured exposure. When the number of newly reported claims is higher than anticipated, generally speaking, loss reserves are increased. Conversely, loss reserves are generally decreased when fewer claims are reported than expected. Loss severity measures the average size of a claim. When the average severity of reported claims is higher than originally estimated, loss reserves are typically increased. When the average claim size is lower than anticipated, loss reserves are typically decreased. For example, in each of the past three years, we have experienced redundancies on prior years loss reserves at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit as a result of decreases in loss severity, while over the same period of time we have experienced deficiencies on prior years loss reserves related to our asbestos and environmental exposures as a result of increases in loss frequency and severity.
Changes in prior years loss reserves, including the trends and factors that impacted loss reserve development, as well as the likelihood that such trends and factors could result in future loss reserve development, are discussed in further detail under Results of Operations.
Loss reserves are established for each of our product lines at managements best estimate, which is generally higher than the corresponding actuarially calculated point estimate. The actuarial point estimate represents our actuaries estimate of the most likely amount that will ultimately be paid to settle the loss reserves we have recorded at a particular point in time; however, there is inherent uncertainty in the point estimate as it is the expected value in a range of possible reserve estimates. In some cases, actuarial analyses, which are based on statistical analysis, cannot fully incorporate all of the subjective factors that affect development of losses. In other cases, managements perspective of these more subjective factors may differ from the actuarial perspective. Subjective factors where managements perspective may differ from that of the actuaries include: the credibility and timeliness of claims information received from third parties, economic and social inflation, judicial decisions, law changes, changes in underwriting or claims handling practices, general economic conditions, the risk of moral hazard and other current and developing trends within the insurance market, including the effects of competition. As a result, the actuarially calculated point estimates for each of our lines of business represent starting points for managements quarterly review of loss reserves.
84 |
Managements best estimate of net reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses exceeded the actuarially calculated point estimate by $381 million, or 9.3%, at December 31, 2008, compared to $314 million, or 7.6%, at December 31, 2007. In managements opinion, the actuarially calculated point estimate generally underestimates both the ultimate favorable impact of a hard insurance market and the ultimate adverse impact of a soft insurance market. Therefore, the percentage by which managements best estimate exceeds the actuarial point estimate will generally be higher during a soft market than during a hard market.
The difference between managements best estimate and the actuarially calculated point estimate in both 2008 and 2007 is primarily associated with our long-tail business in the Excess and Surplus Lines and London Insurance Market segments. The increase in the difference from 2007 to 2008 was due in part to management attributing less credibility than our actuaries to favorable trends experienced in the London Insurance Market segment. During 2008, the actuarial point estimate of loss reserves in the London Insurance Market segment was reduced as a result of favorable loss reserve experience on recent accident years as actual incurred losses on reported claims have been less than we expected in our actuarial analyses. Given the long-tail and volatile nature of the business in the London Insurance Market segment, as well as past unfavorable development in this segment, management did not incorporate this favorable trend into its best estimate to the same extent as the actuaries. The increase in the difference from 2007 to 2008 was also due in part to managements belief that the actuaries point estimate for the 2008 accident year does not fully reflect the impact of soft insurance market conditions or the current economic environment. During a recessionary environment, the frequency of insurance claims tends to increase. Similarly, the risk that an insured will intentionally cause or be indifferent to a loss increases during an economic downturn and the attention to loss prevention measures decreases. These subjective factors affect the development of losses and represent instances where managements perspectives may differ from those of our actuaries.
Management also considers the range, or variability, of reasonably possible losses determined by our actuaries when establishing its best estimate for loss reserves. The actuarial ranges represent our actuaries estimate of a likely lowest amount and highest amount that will ultimately be paid to settle the loss reserves we have recorded at a particular point in time. The range determinations are based on estimates and actuarial judgments and are intended to encompass reasonably likely changes in one or more of the factors that were used to determine the point estimates. Using statistical models, our actuaries establish high and low ends of a range of reasonable reserve estimates for each of our operating segments.
The following table summarizes our reserves for net unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and the actuarially established high and low ends of a range of reasonable reserve estimates, by segment, at December 31, 2008.
(dollars in millions) |
Net Loss
Reserves Held |
Low End of
Actuarial Range (1) |
High End of
Actuarial Range (1) |
||||||
Excess and Surplus Lines |
$ | 2,251.7 | $ | 1,883.6 | $ | 2,354.7 | |||
Specialty Admitted |
306.3 | 247.6 | 317.2 | ||||||
London Insurance Market |
1,442.4 | 1,037.0 | 1,491.7 | ||||||
Other |
465.1 | 243.6 | 834.9 | ||||||
(1) |
Due to the actuarial methods used to determine the separate ranges for each segment of our business, it is not appropriate to aggregate the high or low ends of the separate ranges to determine the high and low ends of the actuarial range on a consolidated basis. |
| 85
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
Undue reliance should not be placed on these ranges of estimates as they are only one of many points of reference used by management to determine its best estimate of ultimate losses. Further, actuarial ranges may not be a true reflection of the potential variability between loss reserves estimated at the balance sheet date and the ultimate cost of settling claims. Actuarial ranges are developed based on known events as of the valuation date, while ultimate losses are subject to events and circumstances that are unknown as of the valuation date. For example, the Claims and Reserves table on page 105, which provides a summary of historical development between originally estimated loss reserves and ultimate claims costs, illustrates this potential variability, reflecting a cumulative deficiency in net reserves of 38% for the 2000 and prior accident years. A significant portion of the cumulative deficiency that occurred during those periods included adverse loss reserve development at Markel International, which we acquired in March 2000. Historically, we have experienced greater volatility on acquired books of business than on existing books of business. The increases in pre-acquisition loss reserves at Markel International were primarily associated with books of business that were not subject to our underwriting discipline and that subsequently experienced unfavorable loss development that exceeded our initial expectations. We believe that as a result of applying greater underwriting discipline, including improved risk selection and pricing, on the business written since acquisition, total recorded loss reserves at Markel International are unlikely to vary to the same degree as we have experienced on the 2000 and prior accident years.
We place less reliance on the range established for our Other segment than on the ranges established for our remaining three segments. The range established for our Other segment includes exposures related to acquired lines of business, many of which are no longer being written, that were not subject to our underwriting discipline and controls. Additionally, A&E exposures, which are subject to an uncertain and unfavorable legal environment, account for approximately 51% of the loss reserves considered in the range established for our Other segment.
Our exposure to A&E claims results from policies written by acquired insurance operations before their acquisitions. The exposure to A&E claims originated from umbrella, excess and commercial general liability (CGL) insurance policies and assumed reinsurance contracts that were written on an occurrence basis from the 1970s to mid-1980s. Exposure also originated from claims-made policies that were designed to cover environmental risks provided that all other terms and conditions of the policy were met. A&E claims include property damage and clean-up costs related to pollution, as well as personal injury allegedly arising from exposure to hazardous materials. After 1986, we began underwriting CGL coverage with pollution exclusions, and in some lines of business we began using a claims-made form. These changes significantly reduced our exposure to future A&E claims on post-1986 business.
There is significant judgment required in estimating the amount of our potential exposure from A&E claims due to the limited and variable historical data on A&E losses as compared to other types of claims, the potential significant reporting delays of claims from insureds to insurance companies and the continuing evolution of laws and judicial interpretations of those laws relative to A&E exposures. Due to these unique aspects of A&E exposures, the ultimate value of loss reserves for A&E claims cannot be estimated using traditional methods and is subject to greater uncertainty than other types of claims. Other factors contributing to the significant uncertainty in estimating A&E reserves include: uncertainty as to the number and identity of insureds with potential exposure; uncertainty as to the number of claims filed by exposed, but not ill, individuals; uncertainty as to the settlement values to be paid; difficulty in properly allocating responsibility and liability for the loss, especially if the claim involves multiple insurance providers or multiple policy periods; growth in the number and significance of bankruptcies of asbestos defendants; uncertainty as to the financial status of companies that insured or reinsured all or part of A&E claims; and inconsistent court decisions and interpretations with respect to underlying policy intent and coverage.
86 |
Due to these uncertainties, it is not possible to estimate our ultimate liability for A&E exposures with the same degree of reliability as with other types of exposures. Future development will be affected by the factors mentioned above and could have a material effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position. As of December 31, 2008, our consolidated balance sheet included estimated net reserves for A&E losses and loss adjustment expenses of $238.3 million. We seek to establish appropriate reserve levels for A&E exposures; however, these reserves could be subject to increase in the future. These reserves are not discounted to present value and are forecasted to pay out over the next 50 years.
Reinsurance Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We evaluate and adjust reserves for uncollectible reinsurance based upon our collection experience, the financial condition of our reinsurers, collateral held and the development of our gross loss reserves. Our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 included a reinsurance allowance for doubtful accounts of $155.9 million and $167.5 million, respectively.
Reinsurance recoverables recorded on insurance losses ceded under reinsurance contracts are subject to judgments and uncertainties similar to those involved in estimating gross loss reserves. In addition to these uncertainties, our reinsurance recoverables may prove uncollectible if the reinsurers are unable or unwilling to perform under the reinsurance contracts. In establishing our reinsurance allowance for amounts deemed uncollectible, we evaluate the financial condition of our reinsurers and monitor concentration of credit risk arising from our exposure to individual reinsurers. To determine if an allowance is necessary, we consider, among other factors, published financial information, reports from rating agencies, payment history, collateral held and our legal right to offset balances recoverable against balances we may owe. Our reinsurance allowance for doubtful accounts is subject to uncertainty and volatility due to the time lag involved in collecting amounts recoverable from reinsurers. Over the period of time that losses occur, reinsurers are billed and amounts are ultimately collected, economic conditions, as well as the operational and financial performance of particular reinsurers, may change and these changes may affect the reinsurers willingness and ability to meet their contractual obligation to us. It is also difficult to fully evaluate the impact of major catastrophic events on the financial stability of reinsurers, as well as the access to capital that reinsurers may have when such events occur. The ceding of insurance does not legally discharge us from our primary liability for the full amount of the policies, and we will be required to pay the loss and bear collection risk if the reinsurers fail to meet their obligations under the reinsurance contracts.
Income Taxes and Uncertain Tax Positions
The preparation of our consolidated income tax provision, including the evaluation of tax positions we have taken or expect to take on our income tax returns, requires significant judgment. In evaluating our tax positions, we apply the standards required by Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48), which became effective on January 1, 2007. In accordance with FIN 48, we recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. Tax positions that meet the more likely than not threshold are then measured using a probability weighted approach, whereby the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement is recognized. The tax positions that we have taken or expect to take are based upon the application of tax laws and regulations, which are subject to interpretation, judgment and uncertainty. As a result, our actual liability for income taxes may differ significantly from our estimates.
| 87
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
We record deferred income taxes as assets or liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets to reflect the net tax effect of the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when management believes it is more likely than not that some, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, our net deferred tax asset was $369.0 million and $79.1 million, respectively. The net deferred tax asset included a valuation allowance of $6.6 million at both December 31, 2008 and 2007. The increase in the net deferred tax asset in 2008 was primarily due to an increase in the deferred tax asset arising from write downs for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of investments that are not currently deductible for tax purposes and a decrease in the deferred tax liability related to accumulated other comprehensive income items resulting from a decrease in net unrealized holding gains on investments during 2008. Additional declines in the estimated fair value of investments, if significant, may create deferred tax assets with uncertainty as to their realizability. Additionally, in evaluating our ability to realize the net deferred tax asset and the adequacy of the valuation allowance at December 31, 2008, we have made estimates regarding the future taxable income of our foreign subsidiaries and judgments about our ability to pursue prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. A change in any of these estimates and judgments could result in an increase in the valuation allowance through a charge to earnings. See note 7 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our consolidated income tax provision, uncertain tax positions, net operating losses and valuation allowance.
Goodwill
Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 included goodwill from acquired businesses of $332.2 million. This amount has been recorded as a result of prior business acquisitions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. We completed our annual test for impairment during the fourth quarter of 2008 based upon results of operations through September 30, 2008. There were no indications of goodwill impairment during 2008.
A significant amount of judgment is required in performing goodwill impairment tests. Such tests include estimating the fair value of our reporting units. We compare the estimated fair value of our reporting units to their respective carrying amounts including goodwill. For this purpose, fair value refers to the amount for which the entire reporting unit may be bought or sold. The methods we use for estimating reporting unit fair values may include market quotations, asset and liability fair values and other valuation techniques, such as discounted cash flows and multiples of earnings or revenues. With the exception of market quotations, all of these methods involve significant estimates and assumptions.
Investments
We complete a detailed analysis each quarter to assess whether the decline in the fair value of any investment below its cost is deemed other-than-temporary. All securities with an unrealized loss are reviewed. A decline in fair value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is charged to earnings based on the fair value of the security at the time of assessment, resulting in a new cost basis for the security.
Factors considered in determining whether a decline in value is considered to be other-than-temporary include the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been below cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and our ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery. For fixed maturities, we also consider the implied yield-to-maturity, the credit quality of the issuer and whether we believe we will be able to recover all amounts outstanding when contractually due.
Risks and uncertainties are inherent in our other-than-temporary decline in fair value assessment methodology. The risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, incorrect or overly optimistic assumptions about the financial condition, liquidity or
near-term prospects of an issuer, inadequacy of any
88 |
underlying collateral, unfavorable changes in economic or social conditions and unfavorable changes in interest rates or credit ratings. Changes in any of these assumptions could result in charges to earnings in future periods.
Losses from write downs for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of investments, while potentially significant to net income (loss), do not have an impact on our financial position. Since our investment securities are considered available-for-sale and are recorded at estimated fair value, unrealized losses on investments are already included in accumulated other comprehensive income.
Our Business
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with Selected Financial Data, the consolidated financial statements and related notes and the discussion under Risk Factors, Critical Accounting Estimates and Safe Harbor and Cautionary Statement.
We market and underwrite specialty insurance products and programs to a variety of niche markets and believe that our specialty product focus and niche market strategy enable us to develop expertise and specialized market knowledge. We seek to differentiate ourselves from competitors by our expertise, service, continuity and other value-based considerations. We compete in three segments of the specialty insurance marketplace: the Excess and Surplus Lines, the Specialty Admitted and the London markets. Our financial goals are to earn consistent underwriting profits and superior investment returns to build shareholder value.
During 2008, our Excess and Surplus Lines segment was comprised of four underwriting units, our Specialty Admitted segment consisted of three underwriting units and our London Insurance Market segment was comprised of Markel Internationals operations. In 2007 and 2006, our Excess and Surplus Lines segment was comprised of five underwriting units. In early 2008, we decided to close the Markel Re unit. Markel Res excess and umbrella program, casualty facultative placements and public entity business were transferred to the Markel Brokered Excess and Surplus Lines unit, while the alternative risk transfer programs were combined with the Markel Specialty Program Insurance unit. All business previously written by the Markel Re unit will continue to be included in the Excess and Surplus Lines segments results. In late 2008, we decided to close the Markel Global Marine and Energy unit and place those programs into run-off.
Historically, the underwriting units included in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment have principally been product-focused specialists servicing brokers, agents and insureds across the United States from their respective underwriting unit locations. During 2008, we announced a multi-year operational and information technology systems initiative, referred to as One Markel. Our overall goal for this initiative is to grow our business while maintaining our underwriting integrity, with unified systems greatly enhancing our ability to accomplish this goal. We believe this initiative will make doing business with us easier for our customers, streamline internal processes, reduce redundant technology and, over time, increase premium volume while reducing expenses. To accomplish these objectives, we are moving our business model to a customer-focused regional structure. In the new model, Markel underwriters with access to and expertise in all of our product offerings will be located closer to our producers. We also have completed a review of our existing technology and related systems infrastructure and have launched a systems implementation and integration project to develop common business applications that will better support our new business model. We opened a new regional office in Dallas, Texas, and this location began writing business in the fourth quarter of 2008. Additionally, during the first quarter of 2009, all of our underwriting units in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment began to transition to the regional office model.
| 89
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
Our Excess and Surplus Lines segment writes property and casualty insurance outside of the standard market for hard-to-place risks including catastrophe-exposed property, professional liability, products liability, general liability, commercial umbrella and other coverages tailored for unique exposures.
Our Specialty Admitted segment writes risks that, although unique and hard-to-place in the standard market, must remain with an admitted insurance company for marketing and regulatory reasons. Our underwriting units in this segment write specialty program insurance for well-defined niche markets and personal and commercial property and liability coverages.
We participate in the London Market through Markel International, which includes Markel Capital Limited and Markel International Insurance Company Limited (MIICL), wholly-owned subsidiaries. Markel Capital Limited is the corporate capital provider for Markel Syndicate 3000 at Lloyds, which is managed by Markel Syndicate Management Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary. Our London Insurance Market segment writes specialty property, casualty, professional liability and marine insurance and reinsurance on a worldwide basis.
For purposes of segment reporting, the Other segment includes lines of business that have been discontinued in conjunction with an acquisition. This segment also includes development on asbestos and environmental loss reserves.
A favorable insurance market is commonly referred to as a hard market within the insurance industry and is characterized by stricter coverage terms, higher prices and lower underwriting capacity. Periods of intense competition, which typically include broader coverage terms, lower prices and excess underwriting capacity, are referred to as a soft market. The insurance industry experienced favorable conditions beginning in late 2000, which continued through 2003 for most product lines. During 2004, we continued to receive rate increases; however, the rate of increase slowed and, in certain lines, rates declined. In 2005, the industry showed continued signs of softening as competition became more intense. With the exception of rate increases on
catastrophe-exposed business, we continued to experience increased competition throughout 2006 and 2007. In general, rates were lower in 2007 compared to 2006. Competition in the property and casualty insurance industry remained strong throughout 2008. We experienced further price deterioration in virtually all of our product areas as a result of intense competition, including the increased presence of standard insurance companies in our markets. During 2008, we experienced rate declines on renewal business in our casualty lines, where average rates were down approximately 5%, our professional liability and non-catastrophe-exposed property lines, where average rates were down 5% to 10%, and our catastrophe-exposed property lines, where average rate declines were in excess of 10%. However, given the rapid deterioration in underwriting capacity as a result of the disruptions in the financial markets and losses from catastrophes during 2008, the rate of decline in prices has begun to slow. Beginning in late 2008, we experienced moderate price increases in several of our product areas, including our professional liability offerings such as architects and engineers, lawyers and employment practices liability. Many catastrophe-exposed property risks received rate increases ranging from 10% to 30% during the January 2009 renewals.
In late 2008, we reviewed the pricing for all of our major product lines, and we are aggressively pursuing price increases in many product areas. Since premiums for many of our product offerings are calculated based upon an insureds revenues, gross receipts or payroll, we believe that the current economic downturn could result in a decline in gross written premiums in 2009 even if we achieve price increases. If we are successful in implementing our targeted rate increases, the rate per unit of exposure will increase, and we would expect to see our underwriting margins improve.
In general, rates within the property and casualty insurance marketplace have declined to a greater extent than we have experienced and, in our opinion, are at levels that do not support our underwriting profit targets. When we believe the prevailing market price will not support our underwriting profit targets, the
90 |
business is not written. As a result of our underwriting discipline, gross premium volume has declined and, if the competitive environment does not improve, could decline further in the future.
For further discussion of our lines of business, principal products offered, distribution channels, competition and underwriting philosophy, see the discussion under Business Overview beginning on page 12.
Key Performance Indicators
We measure financial success by our ability to compound growth in book value per share at a high rate of return over a long period of time. We recognize that it is difficult to grow book value consistently each year, so we measure ourselves over a five-year period. We believe that growth in book value per share is the most comprehensive measure of our success because it includes all underwriting and investing results. We measure underwriting results by our underwriting profit or loss and combined ratio. We measure investing results by our total investment return. These measures are discussed in greater detail under Results of Operations.
Results of Operations
The following table compares the components of net income (loss).
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||
Underwriting profit |
$ | 14,613 | $ | 264,392 | $ | 283,949 | ||||||
Net investment income |
283,738 | 306,458 | 271,016 | |||||||||
Net realized investment gains (losses) |
(407,594 | ) | 59,504 | 63,608 | ||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
(4,383 | ) | (2,145 | ) | | |||||||
Interest expense |
(47,390 | ) | (56,251 | ) | (65,172 | ) | ||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) |
102,249 | (166,289 | ) | (160,899 | ) | |||||||
NET INCOME (LOSS) |
$ | (58,767 | ) | $ | 405,669 | $ | 392,502 | |||||
Results for 2008 declined $464.4 million, or 114%, compared to 2007 due to less favorable underwriting and investment results, which were offset in part by an income tax benefit in 2008. The net loss for 2008 included $339.2 million of write downs for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of investments. The decline in underwriting results for 2008 was primarily attributable to a higher current accident year loss ratio in 2008 compared to 2007 due in part to $94.8 million of underwriting loss related to Hurricanes Gustav and Ike (2008 Hurricanes). Net income for 2007 increased $13.2 million, or 3%, compared to 2006 due to higher net investment income and lower interest expense, offset in part by lower underwriting profits. The components of net income (loss) are discussed in further detail under Underwriting Results, Investing Results and Other Expenses.
Underwriting Results
Underwriting profits are a key component of our strategy to grow book value per share. We believe that the ability to achieve consistent underwriting profits demonstrates knowledge and expertise, commitment to superior customer service and the ability to manage insurance risk. The property and casualty insurance industry commonly defines underwriting profit or loss as earned premiums net of losses and loss adjustment expenses and underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses. We use underwriting profit or loss as a basis for evaluating our underwriting performance.
| 91
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
The following table compares selected data from our underwriting operations.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||
Gross premium volume |
$ | 2,212,784 | $ | 2,358,939 | $ | 2,536,230 | ||||||
Net written premiums |
$ | 1,968,496 | $ | 2,047,762 | $ | 2,194,945 | ||||||
Net retention |
89 | % | 87 | % | 87 | % | ||||||
Earned premiums |
$ | 2,022,184 | $ | 2,117,294 | $ | 2,184,381 | ||||||
Losses and loss adjustment expenses |
$ | 1,269,025 | $ | 1,096,203 | $ | 1,132,579 | ||||||
Underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses |
$ | 738,546 | $ | 756,699 | $ | 767,853 | ||||||
Underwriting profit |
$ | 14,613 | $ | 264,392 | $ | 283,949 | ||||||
U.S. GAAP COMBINED RATIOS (1) |
||||||||||||
Excess and Surplus Lines |
92 | % | 82 | % | 78 | % | ||||||
Specialty Admitted |
106 | % | 92 | % | 91 | % | ||||||
London Insurance Market |
104 | % | 93 | % | 100 | % | ||||||
Other |
NM | (2) | NM | (2) | NM | (2) | ||||||
Markel Corporation (Consolidated) |
99 | % | 88 | % | 87 | % |
(1) |
The U.S. GAAP combined ratio is a measure of underwriting performance and represents the relationship of incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses and underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses to earned premiums. A combined ratio less than 100% indicates an underwriting profit, while a combined ratio greater than 100% reflects an underwriting loss. |
(2) |
NMRatio is not meaningful. Further discussion of Other underwriting loss follows. |
The 2008 combined ratio included $94.8 million, or 5 points, of underwriting loss related to the 2008 Hurricanes. This underwriting loss was comprised of $91.1 million of estimated net losses and loss adjustment expenses and $3.7 million of additional reinsurance costs. Aside from the impact of hurricane losses, the 2008 combined ratio increased from 2007 due to higher current accident year loss ratios across all of our segments. The 2007 combined ratio increased from 2006 due to a higher expense ratio, which was attributable to lower earned premiums in 2007.
We frequently review the modeling tools and the underwriting guidelines and procedures used to underwrite catastrophe-exposed business. Our corporate philosophy regarding the management of property catastrophe exposure is based upon three guiding principles for our catastrophe-exposed product lines. First, each product needs to produce sufficient underwriting profit so that it can absorb catastrophe losses and meet our return goals over a five-year period. Second, we want to limit our overall catastrophe exposure so that in an active catastrophe year, such as 2008, we would be able to absorb the catastrophe losses and still produce a consolidated underwriting profit. Third, given an extreme catastrophic event, we want to protect the financial strength of the company.
The hurricane losses we experienced during 2008 were within the limits of our risk appetite, which reflects our efforts to restructure our catastrophe-exposed classes of business following Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma (2005 Hurricanes) in 2005. We plan to institute stricter underwriting guidelines in 2009, including significantly increasing prices on catastrophe-exposed business. If we cannot achieve higher pricing, we will reduce our aggregate catastrophe exposure during 2009.
The 2008 combined ratio included $163.8 million of favorable development on prior years loss reserves compared to $197.3 million in 2007 and $132.3 million in 2006. The favorable development on prior years loss reserves in 2008 was primarily due to loss reserve redundancies of $91.3 million at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit and $58.3 million at Markel International. The favorable development on prior years loss reserves in 2007 was primarily due to loss reserve
92 |
redundancies of $117.2 million at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit and $49.4 million at Markel International. The favorable development on prior years losses in 2006 included loss reserve redundancies of $182.1 million at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit.
Over the past three years, we have experienced significant redundancies in prior years loss reserves on the 2002 to 2006 accident years. During 2008, we experienced redundancies on the 2007 accident year as well. The product lines that have produced these redundancies are primarily long-tail books of business that take many years to fully develop. The positive trend in these prior years loss reserves was partially the result of the more favorable rates and terms associated with the hard insurance market that we experienced from 2000 through 2004. Although the favorable rates and terms obtained during the hard insurance market created expectations of improved underwriting results, the full impact from this favorable environment could not be quantified when we initially established loss reserves for these years. Additionally, actual claims reporting patterns have been more favorable than we initially anticipated in our actuarial analyses.
In connection with our quarterly reviews of loss reserves, the actuarial methods we used have exhibited a favorable trend for the 2002 to 2007 accident years. This trend was observed using statistical analysis of actual loss experience for those years, particularly with regard to our long-tail books of business at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit and Markel International, which developed more favorably than we had expected based upon our historical experience. As actual losses experienced on these accident years have continued to be lower than anticipated, it has become more likely that the underwriting results will prove to be better than originally estimated. Additionally, as most actuarial methods rely upon historical reporting patterns, the favorable trends experienced on earlier accident years have resulted in a re-estimation of our ultimate incurred losses on more recent accident years. When we experience loss frequency or loss severity trends that are more favorable than we initially anticipated, we often evaluate the loss experience over a period of several years in order to assess the relative credibility of loss development trends. In each of the past three years, based upon our evaluations of claims development patterns in our long-tail, and often volatile, lines of business, we gave greater credibility to the favorable trend. As a result, our actuaries reduced their estimates of ultimate losses, and management reduced prior years loss reserves accordingly.
While we believe it is possible that there will be additional redundancies on prior years loss reserves in 2009, we caution readers not to place undue reliance on this favorable trend. In 2004, we began to see a softening of the insurance market and experienced a slow down in the rate of increase in prices as a result of increased competition. Competition remained strong in 2005 and increased further from 2006 through 2008, resulting in deterioration in pricing in these years. Similar to the impact of the hardening of the insurance market that began in 2000, the impact of the softening insurance market on our underwriting results cannot be fully quantified in advance.
The following discussion provides more detail by segment of the underwriting results described above. This segment-based discussion is supplemented by a summary of prior years loss reserve development on page 97.
Excess and Surplus Lines Segment
The Excess and Surplus Lines segments combined ratio for 2008 was 92% (including 3 points of losses on the 2008 Hurricanes) compared to 82% in 2007 and 78% (including 1 point of losses on the 2005 Hurricanes) in 2006. The combined ratio increased in 2008 due to a higher current accident year loss ratio and lower favorable development of prior years loss reserves than in 2007. In addition to the effects of the 2008 Hurricanes, the higher current accident year loss ratio in 2008 was primarily attributable to soft insurance market conditions, which have resulted in price deterioration across most of our product lines,
| 93
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
and increased claims costs. In 2007, the increase in the combined ratio was primarily due to a higher current accident year loss ratio than in 2006 resulting from price reductions and adverse loss experience at the Markel Re unit.
In 2008, the Excess and Surplus Lines segments results included $118.8 million of favorable development on prior years loss reserves compared to $154.0 million in 2007 and $160.1 million in 2006. In 2008, the decrease in favorable development on prior years loss reserves was primarily due to lower redundancies at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit and greater adverse loss reserve development at the Markel Re unit.
The favorable development of prior years loss reserves during 2008 included $91.3 million of redundancies at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit, of which $84.9 million was on the 2004 to 2007 accident years. The favorable development of prior years loss reserves during 2007 included $117.2 million of redundancies at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit, of which $107.6 million was on the 2002 to 2006 accident years. In 2008, these prior year loss reserve redundancies decreased from 2007 due to soft insurance market conditions, which resulted in a deterioration in pricing at this unit in recent years. The favorable development experienced in 2008 and 2007 on these predominantly long-tail books of business was primarily the result of lower loss severity than was originally anticipated. In 2008 and 2007, the product lines that produced the majority of the redundancy at this unit were the specified medical, medical malpractice and products liability programs. In 2008, the average claim severity estimate on the 2004 to 2007 accident years for these product lines declined by 17% compared to 2007. In 2007, the average claim severity estimate on the 2002 to 2006 accident years for these product lines declined by 12% compared to 2006. As a result of these decreases in severity, our actuarial estimates of the ultimate liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses were reduced, and management reduced prior years loss reserves accordingly.
The favorable development of prior years loss reserves during 2008 also included $25.6 million of redundancies at the Markel Essex Excess and Surplus Lines unit, of which $21.6 million was on the 2005 to 2007 accident years. The favorable development of prior years loss reserves during 2007 included $33.7 million of redundancies at the Markel Essex Excess and Surplus Lines unit, of which
$32.3 million was on the 2003 to 2006 accident years. In 2008 and 2007, the favorable development on prior years loss reserves at the Markel Essex Excess and Surplus Lines unit was primarily within the casualty programs and resulted from better than expected case loss activity.
The adverse loss experience at Markel Re during 2008 and 2007 primarily resulted from higher than expected average claim frequency and severity on two general liability programs within the Specialized Markel Alternative Risk Transfer (SMART) division. Both of these programs were cancelled in the first quarter of 2007. In 2008, the Markel Re unit experienced $30.9 million of adverse development on prior years loss reserves, of which $27.9 million related to these two programs. This adverse development was primarily on the 2005 to 2007 accident years. In 2007, the Markel Re unit experienced $16.9 million of adverse development on prior years loss reserves, which primarily related to these two general liability programs. Prior to 2008, the majority of the open claims on these two programs were handled by a third-party administrator that was overseen by claims personnel at the Markel Re unit. During the second half of 2007, we began to transfer the handling of open claims from the third-party administrator to the Markel Re claims department. As part of this process, all transferred claims files were reviewed. This claim-by-claim review revealed that case reserve strengthening was necessary. As a result, during 2008, our actuaries revised their estimates of the ultimate losses on these programs and management increased prior years loss reserves accordingly.
94 |
Specialty Admitted Segment
The Specialty Admitted segments combined ratio for 2008 was 106% (including 5 points of losses on the 2008 Hurricanes) compared to 92% in 2007 and 91% in 2006. The combined ratio increased in 2008 due to a higher current accident year loss ratio and a higher expense ratio than in 2007. In addition to the effects of the 2008 Hurricanes, the higher current accident year loss ratio in 2008 was primarily attributable to a greater than expected incidence of high severity property losses at the Markel Specialty Program Insurance unit and to several large losses at the Markel Global Marine and Energy unit. The increase in the expense ratio for 2008 was primarily the result of lower earned premiums and higher policy acquisition costs compared to 2007. In 2007, a lower loss ratio was offset by a higher expense ratio as compared to 2006.
The Specialty Admitted segments results included $16.5 million of favorable development on prior years loss reserves in 2008 compared to $17.3 million and $12.8 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. In 2008, $12.6 million of the favorable development on prior years loss reserves was on the 2006 and 2007 accident years. In 2007, $16.3 million of the favorable development on prior years loss reserves was on the 2006 accident year. In 2006, $8.5 million of the favorable development on prior years losses was on the 2005 accident year. The favorable development in each of the periods presented was primarily due to better than expected case loss activity. Over the past three years, the majority of the redundancy in this segment was attributable to the Markel Specialty Program Insurance unit.
London Insurance Market Segment
The London Insurance Market segments combined ratio for 2008 was 104% (including 8 points of losses on the 2008 Hurricanes) compared to 93% (including 1 point of losses on the 2005 Hurricanes) in 2007 and 100% (including 7 points of losses on the 2005 Hurricanes) in 2006. The combined ratio increased in 2008 primarily as a result of a higher current accident year loss ratio than in 2007. In addition to the effects of the 2008 Hurricanes, the higher current accident year loss ratio in 2008 was primarily due to soft insurance market conditions, which have resulted in price deterioration across all of the divisions at this unit, and adverse loss experience on certain classes of business. This adverse loss experience was most notable within the Professional and Financial Risks division on the medical malpractice and construction professionals classes. The improved underwriting performance for 2007 was primarily due to $49.4 million of favorable development on prior years loss reserves compared to $18.5 million of adverse development on prior years loss reserves during 2006. In 2007, the favorable development of prior years loss reserves was partially offset by a higher current accident year loss ratio due in part to softening insurance market conditions.
The London Insurance Market segments 2008 combined ratio included $58.3 million of favorable development on prior years loss reserves of which $36.5 million related to the professional liability programs at the Professional and Financial Risks and Retail divisions on the 2002 to 2005 accident years. This favorable development on prior years loss reserves was primarily due to the favorable rates and terms associated with the London market in those years. During 2008, actual incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses on reported claims for the 2002 to 2005 accident years at the Professional and Financial Risks and Retail divisions were $26.4 million less than we expected in our actuarial analyses. As a result of this favorable experience, our actuarial estimates of the ultimate liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses were reduced, and management reduced prior years loss reserves accordingly.
In 2008, the London Insurance Market segments results included $28.9 million of adverse development on prior years loss reserves within the Professional and Financial Risks division on the 2006 and 2007 accident years related to our medical malpractice class. In late 2005, we began to write medical malpractice coverage for Italian hospitals. During 2008, losses on reported claims for this book of business were higher than expected. In addition to increased severity on reported claims, we experienced a higher than expected incidence of newly reported claims. As a result of the increase in
| 95
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
loss frequency and severity experienced during 2008 for this class, our actuaries increased their estimates of ultimate losses, and management increased prior years loss reserves accordingly. In late 2008, we ceased writing medical malpractice coverage at Markel International. This adverse experience on the 2006 and 2007 accident years was offset by favorable development on prior years loss reserves in other classes on the same accident years.
The London Insurance Market segments 2007 combined ratio included $62.5 million of favorable development on prior years loss reserves on the 2002 to 2006 accident years, of which $44.5 million related to the professional liability programs at the Professional and Financial Risks and Retail divisions. These redundancies were offset in part by $13.1 million of adverse development on prior years loss reserves, most notably related to the 2005 Hurricanes and to claims handling costs associated with the 2001 and prior accident years. During 2007, actual incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses on reported claims for the 2002 to 2006 accident years at the Professional and Financial Risks and Retail divisions were $39.5 million less than we expected in our actuarial analyses. As a result of this favorable experience, our actuarial estimates of the ultimate liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses were reduced, and management reduced prior years loss reserves accordingly.
The underwriting performance for this segment may vary to a greater degree than our other segments due to Markel Internationals current mix of business, which includes a higher percentage of catastrophe-exposed business, higher average policy limits and lower use of reinsurance.
Other Segment
The majority of the losses and loss adjustment expenses and the underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses for the Other segment are associated with asbestos and environmental exposures or discontinued Markel International programs, most of which were discontinued upon acquisition, or shortly thereafter. Given the insignificant amount of premium earned in the Other segment, we evaluate this segments underwriting performance in terms of dollars of underwriting loss instead of its combined ratio.
The Other segment produced an underwriting loss of $28.1 million in 2008 compared to an underwriting loss of $14.3 million in 2007 and $23.4 million in 2006. The underwriting losses in 2008, 2007 and 2006 included $24.9 million, $34.0 million and $16.7 million, respectively, of loss reserve development on asbestos and environmental exposures and related reinsurance bad debt. We increased asbestos and environmental reserves in each of these years following the completion of our annual review of these exposures. In 2007, the increase in loss reserves for asbestos and environmental exposures was partially offset by favorable development of loss reserves in other discontinued lines of business.
During the third quarter of each of the past three years, we completed an actuarial review of our asbestos and environmental exposures. In each of these years, we noted that claims had been closed with total indemnity payments that were higher than had been anticipated. The higher than expected average severity on closed claims caused our actuaries to update their average severity assumptions for both open claims and claims incurred but not yet reported. As a result of the increases in severity in each of the past three years, our actuarial estimates of the ultimate liability for asbestos and environmental loss reserves were increased, and management increased prior years loss reserves for asbestos and environmental exposures accordingly.
The need to increase asbestos and environmental loss reserves in each of the past three years demonstrates that these reserves are subject to significant uncertainty due to potential loss severity and frequency resulting from an uncertain and unfavorable legal climate. Our asbestos and environmental reserves are not discounted to present value and are forecasted to pay out over the next
96 |
50 years. We seek to establish appropriate reserve levels for asbestos and environmental exposures; however, these reserves could be subject to increases in the future. See note 8 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our exposures to asbestos and environmental claims.
The following tables summarize the increases (decreases) in prior years loss reserves by segment, as discussed above.
Year Ended December 31, 2008 | ||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) |
Excess &
Surplus Lines |
Specialty
Admitted |
London
Insurance Market |
Other | Total | |||||||||||
Professional/Products Liability |
$ | (91.3 | ) | | | | $ | (91.3 | ) | |||||||
Essex Excess and Surplus Lines |
(25.6 | ) | | | | (25.6 | ) | |||||||||
Markel Re |
30.9 | | | | 30.9 | |||||||||||
Specialty Program Insurance |
| (8.1 | ) | | | (8.1 | ) | |||||||||
Markel International |
| | (58.3 | ) | | (58.3 | ) | |||||||||
Asbestos exposures (1) |
| | | 24.9 | 24.9 | |||||||||||
Net other prior years (redundancy) deficiency |
(32.8 | ) | (8.4 | ) | | 4.9 | (36.3 | ) | ||||||||
I NCREASE (D ECREASE ) |
$ | (118.8 | ) | (16.5 | ) | (58.3 | ) | 29.8 | $ | (163.8 | ) | |||||
Year Ended December 31, 2007 | |||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) |
Excess &
Surplus Lines |
Specialty
Admitted |
London
Insurance Market |
Other | Total | ||||||||||||
2005 Hurricanes |
$ | 5.4 | 0.1 | 4.8 | | $ | 10.3 | ||||||||||
Professional/Products Liability |
(117.2 | ) | | | | (117.2 | ) | ||||||||||
Essex Excess and Surplus Lines |
(37.5 | ) | | | | (37.5 | ) | ||||||||||
Markel Re |
16.9 | | | | 16.9 | ||||||||||||
Specialty Program Insurance |
| (10.7 | ) | | | (10.7 | ) | ||||||||||
Markel International |
| | (54.2 | ) | | (54.2 | ) | ||||||||||
Asbestos exposures |
| | | 34.0 | 34.0 | ||||||||||||
Net other prior years redundancy |
(21.6 | ) | (6.7 | ) | | (10.6 | ) | (38.9 | ) | ||||||||
I NCREASE (D ECREASE ) |
$ | (154.0 | ) | (17.3 | ) | (49.4 | ) | 23.4 | $ | (197.3 | ) | ||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
(dollars in millions) |
Excess &
Surplus Lines |
Specialty
Admitted |
London
Insurance Market |
Other | Total | |||||||||||
2005 Hurricanes |
$ | 16.5 | 0.8 | 43.8 | | $ | 61.1 | |||||||||
Professional/Products Liability |
(182.1 | ) | | | | (182.1 | ) | |||||||||
Markel International |
| | (25.3 | ) | | (25.3 | ) | |||||||||
Asbestos exposures (1) |
| | | 16.7 | 16.7 | |||||||||||
Net other prior years (redundancy) deficiency |
5.5 | (13.6 | ) | | 5.4 | (2.7 | ) | |||||||||
I NCREASE (D ECREASE ) |
$ | (160.1 | ) | (12.8 | ) | 18.5 | 22.1 | $ | (132.3 | ) | ||||||
(1) |
Asbestos exposures include related allowances for reinsurance bad debt. |
| 97
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
Over the past three years, we have experienced favorable development on prior years loss reserves ranging from 3% to 5% of beginning of year net loss reserves. In 2008, we experienced favorable development of $163.8 million, or 4% of beginning of year net loss reserves, compared to $197.3 million, or 5% of beginning of year net loss reserves, in 2007 and $132.3 million, or 3% of beginning of year net loss reserves, in 2006.
In each of the past three years, we have experienced significant redundancies at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit as a result of lower than anticipated average claims severity. Also contributing to the favorable trend in prior years loss reserve movements are the improved underwriting results at Markel International as a result of the favorable rates and terms associated with the London market for the 2002 to 2005 accident years.
While we believe that it is possible that there will be additional reductions to prior years loss reserves in 2009 at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit, it is unlikely that redundancies would exceed 2008 levels due to the softening of the insurance market since 2004, which has resulted in a deterioration in pricing and a reduction in our premium volume at this unit. It is also reasonably likely that there could be additional reductions to prior years loss reserves at Markel International, where we believe that business written since 2002 is more likely to prove redundant than deficient.
It is difficult for management to
predict the duration and magnitude of an existing trend and, on a relative basis, it is even more difficult to predict the emergence of factors or trends that are unknown today but may have a material impact on loss reserve development. In assessing
the likelihood of whether the above favorable trends will continue and whether other trends may develop, we believe that a reasonably likely movement in prior years loss reserves during 2009 would range from a redundancy of approximately 5%,
Premiums
The following table summarizes gross premium volume by segment.
GROSS PREMIUM VOLUME | Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||
Excess and Surplus Lines |
$ | 1,163,992 | $ | 1,316,691 | $ | 1,465,725 | |||
Specialty Admitted |
355,061 | 346,647 | 340,483 | ||||||
London Insurance Market |
693,138 | 693,197 | 729,160 | ||||||
Other |
593 | 2,404 | 862 | ||||||
TOTAL |
$ | 2,212,784 | $ | 2,358,939 | $ | 2,536,230 | |||
Excess and Surplus Lines segment gross premium volume decreased 12% in 2008 compared to 2007 and decreased 10% in 2007 compared to 2006. The decrease in both periods was primarily the result of increased competition across many of our product lines and our decision to exit a number of alternative risk transfer programs during 2007 that were previously underwritten by the Markel Re unit.
Specialty Admitted segment gross premium volume increased 2% in both 2008 and 2007. The increase in both periods was primarily due to business written at the Markel Global Marine and Energy unit, which completed its first full year of operations in 2007, offset in part by lower volume at the Markel Specialty Program Insurance unit.
Gross premium volume in the London Insurance Market segment in 2008 was relatively unchanged compared to 2007. In 2008, increased writings within our Professional and Financial Risks and Marine
98 |
and Energy divisions were offset by the effects of foreign currency exchange rate movements. Had currency exchange rates remained constant in 2008, gross written premiums would have increased 3% compared to 2007. London Insurance Market segment gross premium volume decreased 5% in 2007 compared to 2006. Had currency exchange rates remained constant in 2007, gross written premiums would have decreased 8% compared to 2006. This decrease was primarily the result of increased competition across many of our product lines, most notably our delegated authority accounts within the Non-Marine Property division and our professional indemnity accounts within the Professional and Financial Risks division.
The following table summarizes net written premiums by segment.
NET WRITTEN PREMIUMS |
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||
Excess and Surplus Lines |
$ | 1,028,816 | $ | 1,121,373 | $ | 1,228,797 | |||
Specialty Admitted |
321,109 | 322,461 | 322,466 | ||||||
London Insurance Market |
617,946 | 601,976 | 643,485 | ||||||
Other |
625 | 1,952 | 197 | ||||||
TOTAL |
$ | 1,968,496 | $ | 2,047,762 | $ | 2,194,945 | |||
Net retention of gross premium volume was 89% in 2008 compared to 87% in both 2007 and 2006. As part of our underwriting philosophy, we seek to offer products with limits that do not require significant amounts of reinsurance. We purchase reinsurance in order to reduce our retention on individual risks and enable us to write policies with sufficient limits to meet policyholder needs. Net retention of gross premium volume has increased over time, which is consistent with our strategy to retain more of our profitable business.
The following table summarizes earned premiums by segment.
EARNED PREMIUMS | Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||
Excess and Surplus Lines |
$ | 1,089,967 | $ | 1,154,773 | $ | 1,242,184 | |||
Specialty Admitted |
315,764 | 320,144 | 317,401 | ||||||
London Insurance Market |
615,828 | 640,425 | 624,599 | ||||||
Other |
625 | 1,952 | 197 | ||||||
TOTAL |
$ | 2,022,184 | $ | 2,117,294 | $ | 2,184,381 | |||
Excess and Surplus Lines earned premiums decreased 6% in 2008 and 7% in 2007. The decrease in both periods was a result of lower gross premium volume, most notably at the Markel Essex Excess and Surplus Lines and Markel Re units.
Specialty Admitted earned premiums decreased 1% in 2008, which was primarily due to lower earned premiums at the Markel Specialty Program Insurance unit as a result of lower gross premium volume. Specialty Admitted earned premiums increased 1% in 2007 due to higher earned premiums at the Markel Global Marine and Energy unit, which began writing business in the third quarter of 2006.
London Insurance Market earned premiums decreased 4% in 2008 due to the effects of foreign currency exchange rate movements. Had currency exchange rates remained constant in 2008, earned premiums would have increased 1% compared to 2007. London Insurance Market earned premiums
| 99
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
increased 3% in 2007 due to a benefit from foreign currency exchange rate movements. Had currency exchange rates remained constant in 2007, earned premiums would have declined 1% as a result of lower gross premium volume compared to 2006.
Investing Results
Our business strategy recognizes the importance of both consistent underwriting profits and superior investment returns to build shareholder value. We rely on sound underwriting practices to produce investable funds while minimizing underwriting risk. We believe it is important to evaluate investment performance by measuring total investment return. Total investment return includes items that impact net income (loss), such as net investment income and realized investment gains or losses, as well as changes in unrealized holding gains or losses, which do not impact net income (loss). We focus on long-term total investment return, understanding that the level of realized and unrealized investment gains or losses may vary from one period to the next. Taxable equivalent total investment return provides a measure of investment performance that considers the yield of both taxable and tax-exempt investments on an equivalent basis.
During 2008, our investment results were impacted by the considerable dislocation of global financial markets, which included the worst declines in the U.S. equity markets since the Great Depression. Over the past year, we reduced our exposure to equity securities and increased holdings of short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. We also began to shift the allocation of our fixed maturity portfolio away from corporate bonds and towards government and municipal bonds. In addition, as bonds matured, we reinvested a portion of the proceeds in short-term investments. At December 31, 2008, equity securities represented 16% of our invested assets compared to 24% at December 31, 2007. Short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents represented 17% of our invested assets at December 31, 2008 compared to 7% at December 31, 2007. Corporate bonds represented 32% of our total fixed maturities at December 31, 2008 compared to 39% at December 31, 2007. Despite these measures, we did not fully anticipate the magnitude of the economic downturn and, during 2008, we produced a taxable equivalent total investment return of (9.6%) compared to 4.8% and 11.2% in 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The following table summarizes our investment performance.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||
Net investment income |
$ | 283,738 | $ | 306,458 | $ | 271,016 | ||||||
Net realized investment gains (losses) |
$ | (407,594 | ) | $ | 59,504 | $ | 63,608 | |||||
Increase (decrease) in net unrealized holding gains |
$ | (507,545 | ) | $ | (114,239 | ) | $ | 246,113 | ||||
Investment yield (1) |
3.8 | % | 4.0 | % | 4.0 | % | ||||||
Taxable equivalent total investment return, before foreign currency effect |
(6.9 | %) | 4.1 | % | 9.6 | % | ||||||
Taxable equivalent total investment return (2) |
(9.6 | %) | 4.8 | % | 11.2 | % | ||||||
Ending portfolio balance |
$ | 6,908,456 | $ | 7,788,206 | $ | 7,535,295 |
(1) |
Investment yield reflects net investment income as a percentage of average invested assets. |
(2) |
Taxable equivalent total investment return includes net investment income, realized investment gains or losses, the change in fair value of the investment portfolio and the effect of foreign currency exchange rate movements during the period as a percentage of average invested assets. Tax-exempt interest and dividend payments are grossed up using the U.S. corporate tax rate to reflect an equivalent taxable yield. |
100 |
Investments and cash and cash equivalents (invested assets) decreased 11% in 2008. The decrease in the investment portfolio in 2008 was primarily due to a decrease in net unrealized holding gains of $507.5 million and $407.6 million of realized investment losses, partially offset by cash flows from operations of $390.2 million. Invested assets grew 3% in 2007, which was primarily due to cash flows from operations of $499.4 million, partially offset by a decrease in net unrealized holding gains of $114.2 million.
Net investment income for 2008 decreased 7% compared to 2007. During 2008, investment yield declined due in part to lower current yields on the portfolio as we increased our allocation to short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents compared to 2007. In addition to this change in investment allocation, short-term interest rates decreased during 2008. Net investment income may continue to be impacted if short-term interest rates remain at current levels, or decline further, and we maintain or increase allocations to these liquid, short-duration holdings.
Net investment income in 2008 and 2007 included adverse changes in the fair value of our credit default swap of $13.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the credit default swap had a fair value of $30.0 million.
During September 2008, we received notice of two credit events, as defined under the terms of the credit default swap agreement, with respect to the bankruptcies of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (Lehman Brothers) and Washington Mutual, Inc. (Washington Mutual). During the fourth quarter of 2008, we paid the credit default counterparty $8.3 million and $8.6 million, respectively, to settle our obligations. As a result of these payments, the notional amount of the credit default swap decreased to $33.1 million, which represents our aggregate exposure to losses if specified credit events involving additional third parties occur. See note 22 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our credit default swap.
Net investment income increased 13% in 2007 compared to 2006. The increase in 2007 was due to higher average invested assets compared to 2006.
Net realized investment losses were $407.6 million in 2008 compared to net realized investment gains of $59.5 million and $63.6 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Net realized investment gains (losses) include both gains (losses) from sales of securities and losses from write downs for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of investments. In 2008, net realized investment losses included $339.2 million of write downs for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of investments compared to $19.8 million and $4.5 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. In 2007 and 2006, net realized investment gains were primarily related to equity securities that were sold because of merger and acquisition activity by the underlying company or our decision to reallocate capital to other equity securities with greater potential for long-term investment returns.
Net realized investment losses included $142.8 million of realized losses from sales of fixed maturities and equity securities for the year ended December 31, 2008. Net realized investment gains included $7.6 million and $17.5 million of realized losses from sales of fixed maturities and equity securities for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Proceeds received on securities sold at a loss were $0.4 billion in 2008, $0.5 billion in 2007 and $0.9 billion in 2006.
Approximately 70% of the gross realized losses in 2008 related to securities that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than one year. Gross realized losses in 2008 included a $29.2 million loss on the sale of our equity holdings in LandAmerica Financial Group, Inc. and losses on the sales of our investments in fixed maturities issued by Lehman Brothers and Washington
| 101
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
Mutual of $40.9 million and $32.1 million, respectively. All three of these companies filed for bankruptcy during 2008. These losses were partially offset by a $34.6 million gain in 2008 on the sale of our holdings in Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., which we sold as a result of this company being acquired.
Gross realized losses in 2008 also included $339.2 million of write downs for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of investments. These write downs were made with respect to 52 equity securities, two nonredeemable preferred stocks and 15 fixed maturities. Approximately 23% of the write downs in 2008 were due to the determination that we no longer had the intent to hold these securities until they fully recovered in value as we began selling a portion of the securities in order to allocate capital to other securities with greater potential for long-term investment returns. The remainder of the write downs related to securities that had other indications of other-than-temporary impairment.
The most significant write downs of equity securities during 2008 related to our investments in General Electric Company, Citigroup Inc., Bank of America Corporation and International Game Technology, for which we had write downs of $64.9 million, $37.6 million, $23.4 million and $21.7 million, respectively. The General Electric Company, Bank of America Corporation and International Game Technology securities had significant declines in fair value that we believed were unlikely to recover in the near term. As a result, the decline in fair value for these securities was deemed other-than-temporary and was charged to earnings. During the first quarter of 2008, we sold a portion of our holdings in Citigroup Inc. and, as a result, we determined that we no longer had the intent to hold this investment until it fully recovered its value. The two nonredeemable preferred stock write downs related to our holdings in Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and totaled $9.0 million. The most significant write downs of fixed maturities related to our investments in Morgan Stanley and Kaupthing Bank, an Icelandic financial institution, for which we had write downs of $18.4 million and $12.1 million, respectively. During the third quarter of 2008, we sold a portion of our holdings in Morgan Stanley and, as a result, we determined that we no longer had the intent to hold this investment until it fully recovered its value. The write down on Kaupthing Bank was made because we believed we would not receive all interest and principal payments when due. The eight investments discussed above represent 55% of the total write down for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of investments during 2008.
In 2007 and 2006, gross realized losses were recognized on equity securities that were sold to reallocate capital to other investments with greater potential for long-term investment returns. Additionally, our efforts to manage against interest rate volatility, maintain the duration of our portfolio and maintain high-credit quality investments resulted in the recognition of gross realized losses on fixed maturities.
Approximately 82% of the gross realized losses in 2007 related to securities that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than one year. Gross realized losses in 2007 included $19.8 million of write downs for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of two equity securities, neither of which had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than one year. The most significant write down was for a financial guarantor where the value had declined as a result of concerns over its potential exposure to credit defaults.
Approximately 38% of the gross realized losses in 2006 related to securities that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than one year. Gross realized losses in 2006 included $4.5 million of write downs for other-than-temporary declines in the estimated fair value of two equity securities that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than one year. The most significant write down was for a real estate investment trust and investment bank where the value had declined as a result of the changing interest rate environment.
102 |
In 2008, net unrealized holding gains decreased $507.5 million primarily due to a decline in the fair value of both our fixed maturity and equity portfolios as a result of the ongoing disruptions in the financial markets. In 2007, net unrealized holding gains decreased $114.2 million due to a decline in the fair value of our equity portfolio. This decline was due in part to the reclassification of unrealized gains to realized gains as a result of sales of equity securities. The decline was also due to reductions in market valuations of companies with exposure to the disruption in the structured finance markets, such as banks, consumer lenders and financial guarantors. In 2006, net unrealized holding gains increased $246.1 million primarily due to the appreciation of our equity portfolio. This increase in fair value for equity securities was due in part to our focus on large cap value stocks, including our investment concentration in the property and casualty insurance industry discussed in more detail under Market Risk Disclosures, which after experiencing pricing pressure in 2005 produced favorable returns in 2006.
We complete a detailed analysis each quarter to assess whether the decline in the fair value of any investment below its cost basis is deemed other-than-temporary. At December 31, 2008, we held securities with gross unrealized losses of $241.3 million, which was less than 4% of our total invested assets. All securities with unrealized losses were reviewed, and we believe that there were no other securities with indications of declines in estimated fair value that were other-than-temporary at December 31, 2008. However, given the volatility in the debt and equity markets, we caution readers that additional declines in fair value could be significant and may result in other-than-temporary impairment charges in future periods. See note 2(b) of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of unrealized losses.
Other Expenses
Interest expense was $47.4 million in 2008 compared to $56.3 million in 2007 and $65.2 million in 2006. The decrease in 2008 was due to a decrease in average debt outstanding primarily as a result of the maturity of our 7.00% and 7.20% unsecured senior notes in May 2008 and August 2007, respectively. The decrease in 2007 was due to a decline in average debt outstanding during the year. We redeemed $106.4 million principal amount of our 8.71% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (Junior Subordinated Debentures) in January 2007, and our convertible notes payable were converted during 2006. Partially offsetting these decreases was interest associated with the issuance of $150 million of 7.50% unsecured senior debentures during 2006.
The income tax benefit in 2008 was 64% of our loss before income taxes. The rate of tax benefit is higher than that obtained by applying the statutory rate of 35% to loss before income taxes due to the additional tax benefits associated with favorable permanent differences, principally tax-exempt investment income and tax credits recognized during 2008. The effective tax rate was 29% in both 2007 and 2006. The effective tax rate in 2007 and 2006 differs from the statutory tax rate of 35% primarily as a result of tax-exempt investment income.
With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to income tax examination by tax authorities for years ended before January 1, 2006. See note 7 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for a discussion of factors affecting the realization of our gross deferred tax assets and unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in our income tax returns.
| 103
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive loss was $403.3 million in 2008 compared to comprehensive income of $337.0 million and $550.8 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Comprehensive loss for 2008 included net unrealized losses on investments, net of taxes, of $329.9 million and net loss of $58.8 million. Comprehensive income for 2007 included net income of $405.7 million, partially offset by net unrealized losses on investments, net of taxes, of $74.0 million. Comprehensive income for 2006 included net income of $392.5 million and net unrealized gains on investments, net of taxes, of $160.0 million.
Claims And Reserves
We maintain reserves for specific claims incurred and reported, reserves for claims incurred but not reported and reserves for uncollectible reinsurance. Our ultimate liability may be greater or less than current reserves. In the insurance industry, there is always the risk that reserves may prove inadequate. We continually monitor reserves using new information on reported claims and a variety of statistical techniques. Anticipated inflation is reflected implicitly in the reserving process through analysis of cost trends and the review of historical development. We do not discount our reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses to reflect estimated present value.
The first line of the following table shows our net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses adjusted for commutations, acquisitions, dispositions and other items, including the impact of changes in foreign currency rates. This adjustment is accomplished by revising the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses as originally estimated at the end of each year and all prior years for reserves either reassumed from reinsurers or ceded back to cedents through reinsurance commutation agreements. Adjustments are also made for insurance company acquisitions or dispositions completed in recent years and for the effects of changes in foreign currency rates since the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses were originally estimated.
The upper portion of the table shows the cumulative amount paid with respect to the previously recorded reserves as of the end of each succeeding year. The lower portion of the table shows the re-estimated amount of the previously recorded reserves based on experience as of the end of each succeeding year, including cumulative payments made since the end of the respective year. For example, the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses at the end of 2003 for 2003 and all prior years, adjusted for commutations, acquisitions, dispositions, and other, was originally estimated to be $3,365.6 million. Five years later, as of December 31, 2008, this amount was re-estimated to be $3,372.1 million, of which $2,105.6 million had been paid, leaving a reserve of $1,266.5 million for losses and loss adjustment expenses for 2003 and prior years remaining unpaid as of December 31, 2008.
104 |
The following table represents the development of reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses for the period 1998 through 2008.
(dollars in millions) |
1998 | 1999 | 2000 | 2001 | 2002 | 2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Net reserves, end of year, adjusted for commutations, acquisitions, dispositions and other |
$ | 1,613.0 | 1,997.1 | 2,125.6 | 2,450.2 | 2,910.1 | 3,365.6 | 3,771.7 | 4,123.9 | 4,218.8 | 4,259.8 | 4,465.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Paid (cumulative) as of: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One year later |
248.7 | 550.3 | 607.7 | 647.7 | 702.1 | 679.6 | 717.2 | 799.5 | 783.8 | 727.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Two years later |
576.2 | 908.3 | 1,030.3 | 1,169.7 | 1,214.1 | 1,194.1 | 1,256.5 | 1,375.4 | 1,312.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Three years later |
836.2 | 1,179.8 | 1,410.8 | 1,536.2 | 1,615.7 | 1,597.8 | 1,667.4 | 1,752.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Four years later |
1,001.6 | 1,421.2 | 1,646.3 | 1,840.2 | 1,932.5 | 1,914.7 | 1,932.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Five years later |
1,123.2 | 1,559.0 | 1,867.7 | 2,065.6 | 2,171.6 | 2,105.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Six years later |
1,214.7 | 1,711.7 | 2,027.2 | 2,252.0 | 2,317.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Seven years later |
1,295.8 | 1,818.9 | 2,164.3 | 2,359.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Eight years later |
1,371.4 | 1,893.6 | 2,238.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nine years later |
1,416.1 | 1,942.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ten years later |
1,449.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reserves
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One year later |
1,574.5 | 2,009.6 | 2,263.0 | 2,581.8 | 3,038.6 | 3,399.5 | 3,721.1 | 3,991.6 | 4,021.4 | 4,096.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Two years later |
1,567.9 | 2,103.6 | 2,377.0 | 2,763.0 | 3,223.0 | 3,420.1 | 3,566.4 | 3,841.2 | 3,882.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Three years later |
1,609.5 | 2,186.7 | 2,554.3 | 3,006.3 | 3,298.2 | 3,355.6 | 3,481.9 | 3,737.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Four years later |
1,661.2 | 2,318.1 | 2,753.5 | 3,124.9 | 3,285.4 | 3,351.9 | 3,454.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Five years later |
1,755.8 | 2,372.2 | 2,842.3 | 3,132.7 | 3,318.1 | 3,372.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Six years later |
1,802.0 | 2,444.3 | 2,852.3 | 3,168.1 | 3,359.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Seven years later |
1,846.9 | 2,452.0 | 2,884.0 | 3,216.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Eight years later |
1,865.3 | 2,470.7 | 2,928.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nine years later |
1,888.3 | 2,504.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ten years later |
1,919.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net cumulative redundancy (deficiency) |
$ | (306.1 | ) | (507.2 | ) | (802.7 | ) | (766.1 | ) | (449.2 | ) | (6.5 | ) | 317.7 | 386.6 | 336.4 | 163.8 | ||||||||||||||||
Cumulative % |
(19 | )% | (25 | )% | (38 | )% | (31 | )% | (15 | )% | 0 | % | 8 | % | 9 | % | 8 | % | 4 | % | |||||||||||||
Gross reserves, end of year, adjusted for commutations, acquisitions, dispositions and other |
$ | 2,136.1 | 2,604.1 | 2,989.4 | 3,709.6 | 4,338.8 | 4,780.4 | 5,202.1 | 5,959.2 | 5,387.0 | 5,267.1 | 5,492.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Reinsurance recoverable, adjusted for commutations, acquisitions, dispositions and other |
523.1 | 607.0 | 863.8 | 1,259.4 | 1,428.7 | 1,414.8 | 1,430.4 | 1,835.3 | 1,168.2 | 1,007.3 | 1,026.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Net reserves, end of year, adjusted for commutations, acquisitions, dispositions and other |
$ | 1,613.0 | 1,997.1 | 2,125.6 | 2,450.2 | 2,910.1 | 3,365.6 | 3,771.7 | 4,123.9 | 4,218.8 | 4,259.8 | 4,465.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Gross
|
2,832.1 | 3,750.8 | 4,483.9 | 4,953.3 | 4,907.0 | 4,761.3 | 4,758.1 | 5,443.0 | 4,980.4 | 5,065.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Re-estimated recoverable |
913.0 | 1,246.5 | 1,555.6 | 1,737.0 | 1,547.7 | 1,389.2 | 1,304.1 | 1,705.7 | 1,098.0 | 969.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net re-estimated reserves |
$ | 1,919.1 | 2,504.3 | 2,928.3 | 3,216.3 | 3,359.3 | 3,372.1 | 3,454.0 | 3,737.3 | 3,882.4 | 4,096.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross cumulative redundancy (deficiency) |
$ | (696.0 | ) | (1,146.7 | ) | (1,494.5 | ) | (1,243.7 | ) | (568.2 | ) | 19.1 | 444.0 | 516.2 | 406.6 | 202.0 | |||||||||||||||||
| 105
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
Net cumulative redundancy (deficiency) represents the change in the estimate from the original balance sheet date to the date of the current estimate. For example, the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses developed a $6.5 million deficiency from December 31, 2003 to December 31, 2008. Conditions and trends that have affected the development of loss reserves in the past may not necessarily occur in the future. Accordingly, it may not be appropriate to extrapolate future redundancies or deficiencies based on the table. Gross cumulative redundancy (deficiency) is presented before deductions for reinsurance. Gross deficiencies and redundancies may be significantly more or less than net deficiencies and redundancies due to the nature and extent of applicable reinsurance. The net and gross cumulative redundancies as of December 31, 2008 for 2007 and prior years were primarily due to redundancies that developed during 2008 at the Markel Shand Professional/Products Liability unit on the 2004 to 2007 accident years and Markel International on the 2002 to 2005 accident years. See Underwriting Results for further discussion of changes in prior years loss reserves.
See note 8 of the notes to consolidated financial statements and the discussion under Critical Accounting Estimates for a discussion of estimates and assumptions related to the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Liquidity And Capital Resources
We seek to maintain prudent levels of liquidity and financial leverage for the protection of our policyholders, creditors and shareholders. Our target capital structure includes approximately 30% debt. Our debt to total capital ratio was 24% at December 31, 2008 and 20% at December 31, 2007. The increase in our 2008 debt to total capital ratio from 2007 is primarily due to a decrease in shareholders equity as a result of comprehensive loss of $403.3 million in 2008. From time to time, our debt to total capital ratio may increase due to business opportunities that may be financed in the short term with debt. Alternatively, our debt to total capital ratio may fall below our target capital structure, which provides us with additional borrowing capacity to respond quickly when future opportunities arise.
At December 31, 2008, our holding company (Markel Corporation) held $650.6 million of invested assets, which approximated 14 times annual interest expense, compared to $721.7 million of invested assets at December 31, 2007. In order to maintain prudent levels of liquidity, we seek to maintain invested assets at Markel Corporation of at least two times annual interest expense.
In August 2005, our Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to $200 million of common stock under a share repurchase program (the Program). Under the Program, we may repurchase outstanding shares of common stock from time to time, primarily through open-market transactions. As of December 31, 2008, we have repurchased 360,800 shares of our common stock at a cost of $136.6 million under the Program.
Our insurance operations collect premiums and pay claims, reinsurance costs and operating expenses. Premiums collected and positive cash flows from the insurance operations are invested primarily in short-term investments and long-term fixed maturities. Short-term investments held by our insurance subsidiaries provide liquidity for projected claims, reinsurance costs and operating expenses. As a holding company, Markel Corporation receives cash from its subsidiaries as
106 |
reimbursement for operating and other administrative expenses it incurs. The reimbursements are made within the guidelines of various management agreements between the holding company and its subsidiaries.
The holding company has historically relied upon dividends from its subsidiaries to meet debt service obligations. Under the insurance laws of the various states in which our domestic insurance subsidiaries are incorporated, an insurer is restricted in the amount of dividends it may pay without prior approval of regulatory authorities. At December 31, 2008, our domestic insurance subsidiaries could pay dividends of $99.6 million during the following twelve months under these laws. There are also regulatory restrictions on the amount of dividends that our foreign insurance subsidiaries may pay. We must provide 14 days advance notice to the Financial Services Authority before receiving dividends from MIICL. In addition, our foreign insurance subsidiaries must comply with the United Kingdom Companies Act of 1985, which provides that dividends may only be paid out of distributable profits.
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased to $390.2 million in 2008 from $499.4 million in 2007 and $509.9 million in 2006. The decrease in 2008 was primarily due to lower premium volume in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment, offset in part by lower income tax payments compared to 2007. The decrease in 2007 was primarily due to lower premium volume in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment, offset in part by lower claim payments related to the 2005 Hurricanes compared to 2006.
Invested assets decreased to $6.9 billion at December 31, 2008 from $7.8 billion at December 31, 2007. The decrease in 2008 included a $212.2 million decrease related to changes in foreign currency exchange rate movements. Net unrealized holding gains on investments, net of taxes, were $58.7 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $388.5 million at December 31, 2007. The decrease in net unrealized holding gains on investments, net of taxes, in 2008 was primarily due to a decline in the fair value of both our fixed maturity and equity portfolios as a result of the ongoing disruptions in the financial markets. Equity securities and investments in affiliates were $1.2 billion, or 17% of invested assets, at December 31, 2008 compared to $1.9 billion, or 25% of invested assets, at December 31, 2007. See note 2(f) of the notes to consolidated financial statements for a discussion of restricted assets.
Net cash used by financing activities was $53.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to net cash used by financing activities of $208.3 million and net cash provided by financing activities of $58.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. During 2008, we borrowed $100 million under our $375 million revolving credit facility and repaid $93.1 million on our 7.00% unsecured senior notes, which matured May 15, 2008. During 2007, we redeemed the outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures for $111.0 million, and we repaid $73.0 million on our 7.20% unsecured senior notes, which matured August 15, 2007. Cash of $60.6 million and $24.2 million was used to repurchase shares of our common stock during 2008 and 2007, respectively. The net cash provided by financing activities during 2006 was due to $145.4 million of net proceeds from the issuance of our 7.50% unsecured senior debentures, partially offset by $86.9 million of cash used to repurchase shares of our common stock and retire a portion of both our senior long-term debt and our Junior Subordinated Debentures.
Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses was $1.1 billion at December 31, 2008 compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2007. The decrease in 2008 reflects the impact of higher net retentions over the past several years. Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses at December 31, 2008 included $58.6 million of estimated reinsurance recoverables on the 2008 Hurricanes, which was offset by a $60.0 million decrease in reinsurance recoverables resulting from foreign currency exchange rate movements at Markel International.
| 107
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
In recent years, we have completed numerous reinsurance commutations, which involve the termination of ceded or assumed reinsurance contracts. Our commutation strategy related to ceded reinsurance contracts is to reduce credit exposure and eliminate administrative expenses associated with the run-off of reinsurance placed with certain reinsurers. Our commutation strategy related to assumed reinsurance contracts is to reduce our loss exposure to long-tailed liabilities assumed under reinsurance agreements entered into prior to our acquisition of Markel International. We will continue to pursue commutations when we believe they meet our objectives.
We have credit risk to the extent any of our reinsurers are unwilling or unable to meet their obligations under our reinsurance agreements. We attempt to minimize credit exposure to reinsurers through adherence to internal reinsurance guidelines. We monitor changes in the financial conditions of our reinsurers and we assess our concentration of credit risk on a regular basis. At December 31, 2008, our reinsurance recoverable balance for the ten largest reinsurers was $784.5 million, representing 71% of our consolidated balance. Of the amounts due from the ten largest reinsurers, 94% was due from reinsurers rated A or better by A.M. Best. We are the beneficiary of letters of credit, trust accounts and funds withheld in the aggregate amount of $319.1 million at December 31, 2008, collateralizing reinsurance recoverable balances due from our ten largest reinsurers. See note 15 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of reinsurance recoverables and exposures. While we believe that reinsurance recoverable balances are collectible, deterioration in reinsurers ability to pay or collection disputes could adversely affect our operating cash flows, financial position and results of operation.
The following table reconciles case reserves and IBNR reserves, by segment, to unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses reported on our consolidated balance sheets.
(dollars in thousands) |
Excess &
Surplus Lines |
Specialty
Admitted |
London
Insurance Market |
Other | Consolidated | |||||||
December 31, 2008 |
||||||||||||
Case reserves |
$ | 759,843 | 118,711 | 911,048 | 366,502 | $ | 2,156,104 | |||||
IBNR reserves |
1,934,816 | 232,580 | 938,591 | 230,248 | 3,336,235 | |||||||
T OTAL |
$ | 2,694,659 | 351,291 | 1,849,639 | 596,750 | $ | 5,492,339 | |||||
December 31, 2007 |
||||||||||||
Case reserves |
$ | 697,237 | 102,586 | 1,026,958 | 392,743 | $ | 2,219,524 | |||||
IBNR reserves |
1,917,580 | 197,037 | 939,740 | 251,692 | 3,306,049 | |||||||
T OTAL |
$ | 2,614,817 | 299,623 | 1,966,698 | 644,435 | $ | 5,525,573 | |||||
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2008 decreased 1% compared to 2007, which was primarily due to a $275.8 million decrease resulting from foreign currency exchange rate movements at Markel International. Had currency exchange rates remained constant in 2008, unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses would have increased 4% compared to 2007. This increase was primarily due to losses experienced on the 2008 Hurricanes. The increase was also due to an increase in case and IBNR reserves related to adverse loss experience at the Markel Re unit within the Excess and Surplus Lines segment and the Markel Global Marine and Energy unit within the Specialty Admitted segment. See note 8 of the notes to consolidated financial statements and Critical Accounting Estimates for a discussion of estimates and assumptions related to unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses.
108 |
The following table summarizes our contractual cash payment obligations at December 31, 2008.
Payments Due by Period (1) | |||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
Total |
Less than
1 year |
1-3 years | 4-5 years |
More than
5 years |
||||||
Senior long-term debt |
$ | 696,665 | | 100,000 | 246,665 | 350,000 | |||||
Operating leases |
104,949 | 15,852 | 28,599 | 21,350 | 39,148 | ||||||
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses (estimated) |
5,492,339 | 1,316,865 | 1,728,763 | 966,808 | 1,479,903 | ||||||
T OTAL |
$ | 6,293,953 | 1,332,717 | 1,857,362 | 1,234,823 | 1,869,051 | |||||
(1) See notes 8, 10 and 16 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of these obligations.
Senior long-term debt, excluding unamortized discount, was $696.7 million and $689.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, $100.0 million was outstanding under our $375 million revolving credit facility. In February 2009, we repaid the outstanding balance under our revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2007, there were no amounts outstanding under this credit facility.
We were in compliance with all covenants contained in our revolving credit facility at December 31, 2008. To the extent that we are not in compliance with our covenants, our access to the credit facility could be restricted. While we believe this to be unlikely, the inability to access the credit facility could adversely affect our liquidity. See note 10 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our revolving credit facility.
Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses represent future contractual obligations associated with insurance and reinsurance contracts issued to our policyholders. Information presented in the table of contractual cash payment obligations is an estimate of our future payment of claims as of December 31, 2008. Payment patterns for losses and loss adjustment expenses were based upon paid development factors over the past 10 years for each of our insurance subsidiaries. Each claim is settled individually based upon its merits and certain claims may take years to settle, especially if legal action is involved. The actual cash payments for settled claims will vary, possibly significantly, from the estimates shown in the above table.
We participate in commercial loans with First Market Bank, an affiliate. In connection with these loan participations, we had unfunded commitments to extend credit for commercial loans of $63.8 million and $55.5 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The funding of these commitments is contingent upon certain performance criteria being met by the borrowers and, as a result, does not necessarily represent amounts that we will fund in the future. See note 16(b) of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our commercial loan participations and related commitments.
We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. At December 31, 2008, we had unrecognized tax benefits of $59.2 million related to uncertain tax positions as defined by FIN 48. Due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of potential future cash flows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the amount and period in which any liabilities might be paid. See note 7 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our adoption of FIN 48 and our expectations regarding changes in unrecognized tax benefits during 2009.
At December 31, 2008, we had $1.3 billion of invested assets held in trust or on deposit for the benefit of policyholders, reinsurers or banks in the event of a default on our obligations. These invested assets and the related liabilities are included on our consolidated balance sheet. See note 2(f) of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further discussion of restrictions over our invested assets.
| 109
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
Our insurance operations require capital to support premium writings, and we remain committed to maintaining adequate capital and surplus at each of our insurance subsidiaries. The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) developed a model law and risk-based capital formula designed to help regulators identify domestic property and casualty insurers that may be inadequately capitalized. Under the NAICs requirements, a domestic insurer must maintain total capital and surplus above a calculated threshold or face varying levels of regulatory action. Given the recent financial market disruption and resulting investment losses incurred during 2008, as well as the underwriting losses experienced as a result of the 2008 Hurricanes, we made capital contributions to certain of our insurance subsidiaries in December 2008. We determined the amount of capital to contribute after reviewing our 2009 business plans, considering investment market conditions and reviewing our updated estimates of hurricane losses. Amounts contributed were funded by invested assets from our holding company, which held $650.6 million of invested assets, including $173.6 million of short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents, at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008, the capital and surplus of each of our domestic insurance subsidiaries was above the minimum regulatory thresholds.
Capital adequacy of our international insurance subsidiaries is regulated by the Financial Services Authority and the Council of Lloyds. In January 2009, Markel Corporation received $101.7 million in distributions made by Markel International. At December 31, 2008, the capital and surplus of each of our international insurance subsidiaries was above the minimum regulatory thresholds.
We believe our capital and surplus is sufficient to support our 2009 business plan. However, if the levels of market volatility that persisted throughout 2008 continue, we may be required to make capital contributions to our insurance subsidiaries during 2009.
We have entered into various agreements and commitments related to the One Markel initiative discussed in further detail under Our Business. The systems implementation portion of this initiative is currently scheduled to be substantially completed by the end of 2010. We currently anticipate that the total cost we will pay to third-party vendors associated with this initiative will be approximately $100 million, the majority of which we estimate will be capitalized and amortized over a period of five to seven years. Costs related to the One Markel initiative are expected to be paid over the course of the next two to three years.
We have access to various capital sources, including dividends from certain of our insurance subsidiaries, holding company invested assets, undrawn capacity under our revolving credit facility and access to the debt and equity capital markets. We believe that we have sufficient liquidity to meet our capital needs.
Market risk is the risk of economic losses due to adverse changes in the estimated fair value of a financial instrument as the result of changes in equity prices, interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. Our consolidated balance sheets include assets and liabilities with estimated fair values that are subject to market risk. Historically, our primary market risks have been equity price risk associated with investments in equity securities, interest rate risk associated with investments in fixed maturities and foreign currency exchange rate risk for our international operations. We have no material commodity risk.
During 2008, there were significant disruptions in the financial markets. These market disruptions have resulted in a lack of liquidity within the credit markets, which has increased credit risk in the financial markets and resulted in the widening of credit spreads. Credit risk is the potential loss resulting from adverse changes in an issuers ability to repay its debt obligations. Net unrealized
110 |
investment losses on fixed maturities were $129.8 million at December 31, 2008 compared to net unrealized investment gains on fixed maturities of $5.6 million at December 31, 2007. The adverse change in the value of our fixed maturity portfolio was due in part to increased credit risk as a result of the above events.
We monitor our portfolio to ensure that credit risk does not exceed prudent levels. We have consistently invested in high credit quality, investment grade securities. Our fixed maturity portfolio has an average rating of AA, with approximately 90% rated A or better by at least one nationally recognized rating organization. Our policy is to invest in investment grade securities and to minimize investments in fixed maturities that are unrated or rated below investment grade. At December 31, 2008, approximately 2% of our fixed maturity portfolio was unrated or rated below investment grade. Our fixed maturity portfolio includes securities issued with financial guaranty insurance. We purchase fixed maturities based on our assessment of the credit quality of the underlying assets without regard to insurance.
The estimated fair value of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2008 was $6.9 billion, 83% of which was invested in fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents and 17% of which was invested in equity securities and investments in affiliates. At December 31, 2007, the estimated fair value of our investment portfolio was $7.8 billion, 75% of which was invested in fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents and 25% of which was invested in equity securities and investments in affiliates.
Our fixed maturities, equity securities and short-term investments are recorded at fair value, which is measured based upon quoted prices in active markets, if available. We determine fair value for these investments after considering various sources of information, including information provided by a third party pricing service. The pricing service provides prices for substantially all of our fixed maturities and equity securities. In determining fair value, we generally do not adjust the prices obtained from the pricing service. We obtain an understanding of the pricing services valuation methodologies and related inputs, which include, but are not limited to, reported trades, benchmark yields, issuer spreads, bids, offers, duration, credit ratings, estimated cash flows and prepayment speeds. We validate prices provided by the pricing service by reviewing prices from other pricing sources and analyzing pricing data in certain instances. We evaluate the various types of securities in our investment portfolio to determine an appropriate fair value hierarchy level based upon trading activity and the observability of market inputs. At December 31, 2008, we did not hold material investments in auction rate securities, loans held for sale or mortgage-backed securities backed by subprime or Alt-A collateral, which were financial instruments whose valuations, in many cases, were significantly affected by the lack of market liquidity during 2008.
Equity Price Risk
We invest a portion of shareholder funds in equity securities, which have historically produced higher long-term returns relative to fixed maturities. We seek to invest in profitable companies, with honest and talented management, that exhibit reinvestment opportunities and capital discipline, at reasonable prices. We intend to hold these investments over the long term and focus on long-term total investment return, understanding that the level of net unrealized holding gains may vary from one period to the next. The changes in the estimated fair value of the equity portfolio are presented as a component of shareholders equity in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes. See note 2(a) of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosure of gross unrealized gains and losses by investment category.
At December 31, 2008, our equity portfolio was concentrated in terms of the number of issuers and industries. Such concentrations can lead to higher levels of price volatility. At December 31,
| 111
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
2008, our ten largest equity holdings represented $619.7 million, or 58%, of the equity portfolio. Investments in the property and casualty insurance industry represented $338.1 million, or 31%, of our equity portfolio at December 31, 2008. Our investments in the property and casualty insurance industry included a $179.5 million investment in the common stock of Berkshire Hathaway Inc., a company whose subsidiaries engage in a number of diverse business activities in addition to insurance. We have investment guidelines that set limits on the amount of equity securities our insurance subsidiaries can hold.
The following table summarizes our equity price risk and shows the effect of a hypothetical 35% increase or decrease in market prices as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The selected hypothetical changes do not indicate what could be the potential best or worst case scenarios.
(dollars in millions) |
Estimated
Fair Value |
Hypothetical
Price Change |
Estimated
Fair Value after Hypothetical Change in Prices |
Estimated
Hypothetical Percentage Increase (Decrease) in Shareholders Equity |
||||||
As of December 31, 2008 |
||||||||||
Equity Securities |
$ | 1,074 | 35% increase | $1,450 | 11.2 | |||||
35% decrease | $ 698 | (15.0 | ) (1) | |||||||
As of December 31, 2007 |
||||||||||
Equity Securities |
$ | 1,854 | 35% increase | $2,503 | 16.0 | |||||
35% decrease | $1,205 | (16.0 | ) |
(1) |
If the fair value of our equity portfolio at December 31, 2008 were to decline 35%, we may have unrealized holding losses for which we are unable to record a deferred tax asset. |
Interest Rate Risk
Our fixed maturity investments and borrowings are subject to interest rate risk. Increases and decreases in interest rates typically result in decreases and increases, respectively, in the fair value of these financial instruments.
Approximately two-thirds of our investable assets come from premiums paid by policyholders. These funds are invested predominately in high quality corporate, government and municipal bonds with relatively short durations. The fixed maturity portfolio, including short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents, has an average duration of 3.6 years and an average rating of AA. See note 2(c) of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosure of contractual maturity dates of our fixed maturity portfolio. The changes in the estimated fair value of the fixed maturity portfolio are presented as a component of shareholders equity in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes.
We work to manage the impact of interest rate fluctuations on our fixed maturity portfolio. The effective duration of the fixed maturity portfolio is managed with consideration given to the estimated duration of our liabilities. We have investment guidelines that limit the maximum duration and maturity of the fixed maturity portfolio.
We use a commercially available model to estimate the effect of interest rate risk on the fair values of our fixed maturity portfolio and borrowings. The model estimates the impact of interest rate changes on a wide range of factors including duration, prepayment, put options and call options. Fair values are estimated based on the net present value of cash flows, using a representative set of possible
112 |
future interest rate scenarios. The model requires that numerous assumptions be made about the future. To the extent that any of the assumptions are invalid, incorrect estimates could result. The usefulness of a single point-in-time model is limited, as it is unable to accurately incorporate the full complexity of market interactions.
The following table summarizes our interest rate risk and shows the effect of hypothetical changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The selected hypothetical changes do not indicate what could be the potential best or worst case scenarios.
(dollars in millions) |
Estimated
Fair Value |
Hypothetical
Change in Interest Rates (bp=basis points) |
Estimated
Fair Value after Hypothetical Change in Interest Rates |
Hypothetical Percentage
Increase (Decrease) in |
|||||||||
Fair Value of
Fixed Maturities |
Shareholders
Equity |
||||||||||||
FIXED MATURITY INVESTMENTS |
|||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2008 |
|||||||||||||
Total Fixed Maturity Investments (1) |
$ | 5,741 | 200 bp decrease | $ 6,237 | 8.6 | 14.8 | |||||||
100 bp decrease | 5,993 | 4.4 | 7.5 | ||||||||||
100 bp increase | 5,482 | (4.5 | ) | (7.7 | ) | ||||||||
200 bp increase | 5,234 | (8.8 | ) | (15.1 | ) | ||||||||
As of December 31, 2007 |
|||||||||||||
Total Fixed Maturity Investments (1) |
$ | 5,853 | 200 bp decrease | $ 6,366 | 8.8 | 12.6 | |||||||
100 bp decrease | 6,114 | 4.5 | 6.4 | ||||||||||
100 bp increase | 5,576 | (4.7 | ) | (6.8 | ) | ||||||||
200 bp increase | 5,297 | (9.5 | ) | (13.7 | ) | ||||||||
LIABILITIES (2) |
|||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2008 |
|||||||||||||
Borrowings |
$ | 620 | 200 bp decrease | $ 695 | |||||||||
100 bp decrease | 658 | ||||||||||||
100 bp increase | 587 | ||||||||||||
200 bp increase | 558 | ||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2007 |
|||||||||||||
Borrowings |
$ | 706 | 200 bp decrease | $ 812 | |||||||||
100 bp decrease | 758 | ||||||||||||
100 bp increase | 659 | ||||||||||||
200 bp increase | 616 |
(1) Includes short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents.
(2) Changes in estimated fair value have no impact on shareholders equity.
| 113
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
We have foreign currency exchange rate risk associated with our assets and liabilities. We manage this risk primarily by matching assets and liabilities in each foreign currency as closely as possible. To assist with the matching of assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, we periodically purchase foreign currency forward contracts and we purchase or sell foreign currencies in the open market. Our forward contracts are designated as specific hedges for financial reporting purposes. As such, realized and unrealized gains and losses on these hedges are recorded as currency translation adjustments and are part of other comprehensive income (loss). Our contracts generally have maturities of three months. At December 31, 2008, we held two outstanding contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $64.8 million and an unrealized gain of $0.9 million. Realized gains on forward contracts of $1.4 million were recorded as currency translation adjustments in 2008.
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately 88% and 86%, respectively, of our invested assets were denominated in United States Dollars. At those dates, the largest foreign currency exposure was United Kingdom Sterling. If Sterling assets and liabilities had been mismatched by 10% and the United States Dollar/United Kingdom Sterling exchange rate increased by 25%, shareholders equity at December 31, 2008 and 2007 would have changed by approximately $6.1 million and $9.3 million, respectively. If Sterling assets and liabilities had been mismatched by 10% and the United States Dollar/United Kingdom Sterling exchange rate decreased by 25%, shareholders equity at December 31, 2008 and 2007 would have changed by approximately $10.1 million and $15.5 million, respectively. The selected hypothetical changes do not indicate what could be the potential best or worst case scenarios.
Impact of Inflation
Property and casualty insurance premiums are established before the amount of losses and loss adjustment expenses, or the extent to which inflation may affect such expenses, is known. Consequently, in establishing premiums, we attempt to anticipate the potential impact of inflation. We also consider inflation in the determination and review of reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses since portions of these reserves are expected to be paid over extended periods of time. The importance of continually reviewing reserves is even more pronounced in periods of extreme inflation.
114 |
As of December 31, 2008, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15 (Disclosure Controls). This evaluation was conducted under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (CFO).
Our management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.
Based upon our controls evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that our Disclosure Controls provide reasonable assurance that the information we are required to disclose in our periodic reports is accumulated and communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commissions rules and forms.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the CEO and the CFO, of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. See Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and our independent registered public accounting firms attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning on page 77.
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2008 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
| 115
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
Safe Harbor and Cautionary Statement
This report contains statements concerning or incorporating our expectations, assumptions, plans, objectives, future financial or operating performance and other statements that are not historical facts. These statements are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
There are risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from predicted results in forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ are often presented with the forward-looking statements themselves. Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ from those predicted are set forth under Risk Factors or are included in the items listed below:
|
our anticipated premium volume is based on current knowledge and assumes no significant man-made or natural catastrophes, no significant changes in products or personnel and no adverse changes in market conditions; |
|
we are legally required in certain instances to offer terrorism insurance and have attempted to manage our exposure; however, if there is a covered terrorist attack, we could sustain material losses; |
|
the impact of the events of September 11, 2001 will depend on the resolution of on-going insurance coverage litigation and arbitrations; |
|
the frequency and severity of catastrophic events is unpredictable and may be exacerbated if, as many forecast, conditions in the ocean and atmosphere result in increased hurricane or other adverse weather-related activity; |
|
changing legal and social trends and inherent uncertainties (including but not limited to those uncertainties associated with our asbestos and environmental reserves) in the loss estimation process can adversely impact the adequacy of loss reserves and the allowance for reinsurance recoverables; |
|
adverse developments in insurance coverage litigation could result in material increases in our estimates of loss reserves; |
|
the costs and availability of reinsurance may impact our ability to write certain lines of business; |
|
industry and economic conditions can affect the ability and/or willingness of reinsurers to pay balances due; |
|
after the commutation of ceded reinsurance contracts, any subsequent adverse development in the re-assumed loss reserves will result in a charge to earnings; |
|
regulatory actions can impede our ability to charge adequate rates and efficiently allocate capital; |
|
economic conditions, volatility in interest and foreign currency exchange rates and concentration of investments can have a significant impact on the fair value of fixed maturity and equity investments, as well as the carrying value of other assets and liabilities, and this impact is heightened by the current levels of market volatility; |
|
we cannot predict the extent and duration of current economic and market disruptions; the effects of government interventions (including, among other things, financial stability and recovery initiatives, the American International Group, Inc. takeover, any economic stimulus package and potential regulatory changes) into the market to address these disruptions; and their combined impact on our industry, business and investment portfolio; |
|
because of adverse conditions in the financial services industry, access to capital has generally become more difficult, which may adversely affect our ability to take advantage of business opportunities as they may arise; |
|
our new business model may take longer to implement and cost more than we anticipate and may not achieve some or all of its objectives; |
|
loss of services of any executive officers could impact our operations; and |
|
adverse changes in our assigned financial strength or debt ratings could impact our ability to attract and retain business or obtain capital. |
116 |
Our premium volume and underwriting and investment results have been and will continue to be potentially materially affected by these factors. By making forward-looking statements, we do not intend to become obligated to publicly update or revise any such statements whether as a result of new information, future events or other changes. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as at their dates.
Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative total return (based on share price) on our common stock with the cumulative total return of companies included in the S&P 500 Index and the Dow Jones Property & Casualty Insurance Companies Index. This information is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2003 (1) | 2004 | 2005 | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | |||||||
Markel Corporation |
100 | 144 | 125 | 189 | 194 | 118 | ||||||
S&P 500 |
100 | 111 | 116 | 135 | 142 | 90 | ||||||
Dow Jones Property & Casualty Insurance |
100 | 110 | 127 | 145 | 131 | 99 |
(1) | $100 invested on December 31, 2003 in our common stock or the listed index. Includes reinvestment of dividends. |
| 117
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
OTHER INFORMATION (continued)
Market and Dividend Information
Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol MKL. The number of shareholders of record as of February 19, 2009 was approximately 500. The total number of shareholders, including those holding shares in street name or in brokerage accounts, is estimated to be in excess of 20,000. Our current strategy is to retain earnings and, consequently, we have not paid and do not expect to pay a cash dividend on our common stock.
High and low common stock prices as reported on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape for 2008 were $492.97 and $234.23, respectively. See Quarterly Financial Information on page 80 for additional common stock price information.
Available Information, Shareholder Relations and SEC and NYSE Certifications
This document represents Markel Corporations Annual Report and Form 10-K, which is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Information about Markel Corporation, including exhibits filed as part of this Form 10-K, may be obtained by writing Mr. Bruce Kay, Vice President of Investor Relations, at the address of the corporate offices listed on the following page, or by calling (800) 446-6671. This Form 10-K includes as Exhibits the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer certifications required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
We have filed with the New York Stock Exchange the Certification of our Chief Executive Officer confirming that we have complied with the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards.
We make available free of charge on or through our website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our website address is www.markelcorp.com.
118 |
Transfer Agent
American Stock Transfer & Trust Co., LLC
59 Maiden Lane
Plaza Level
New York, New York 10038-4502
(800) 937-5449
(718) 921-8124
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics (Code of Conduct) which is applicable to all directors and associates, including executive officers. We have posted the Code of Conduct on our website at www.markelcorp.com. We intend to satisfy applicable disclosure requirements regarding amendments to, or waivers from, provisions of our Code of Conduct by posting such information on our website. Shareholders may obtain printed copies of the Code of Conduct by writing Mr. Bruce Kay, Vice President of Investor Relations, at the address of the corporate offices listed below, or by calling (800) 446-6671.
Annual Shareholders Meeting
Shareholders of Markel Corporation are invited to attend the Annual Meeting to be held at The Jefferson Hotel, 101 West Franklin Street, Richmond, Virginia at 4:30 p.m., May 11, 2009.
Corporate Offices
Markel Corporation
4521 Highwoods Parkway
Glen Allen, Virginia 23060-6148
(804) 747-0136
(800) 446-6671
| 119
Markel Corporation & Subsidiaries
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Directors
Alan I. Kirshner | Lemuel E. Lewis | |
Chairman of the Board and | Retired Executive Vice President | |
Chief Executive Officer | and Chief Financial Officer | |
Landmark Communications, Inc. | ||
J. Alfred Broaddus, Jr. | ||
Private Investor | Anthony F. Markel | |
Vice Chairman | ||
Douglas C. Eby | ||
Chairman and | Steven A. Markel | |
Chief Executive Officer | Vice Chairman | |
TimePartners LLC | ||
Jay M. Weinberg | ||
Leslie A. Grandis | Chairman Emeritus | |
Partner | Hirschler Fleischer, a professional corporation | |
McGuireWoods LLP | ||
Stewart M. Kasen | ||
Retired President and | ||
Chief Executive Officer | ||
S & K Famous Brands, Inc. |
Alan I. Kirshner
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since 1986. Director since 1978. Age 73.
Anthony F. Markel
Vice Chairman since May 2008. President and Chief Operating Officer from March 1992 to May 2008. Director since 1978. Age 67.
Steven A. Markel
Vice Chairman since March 1992. Director since 1978. Age 60.
Paul W. Springman
President and Chief Operating Officer since May 2008. Executive Vice President from August 2002 to May 2008. Age 57.
Thomas S. Gayner
Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer since May 2004. Chief Investment Officer from January 2001 to May 2004. President, Markel-Gayner Asset Management Corporation, a subsidiary, since December 1990. Director from 1998 to 2004. Age 47 .
Richard R. Whitt, III
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 2005. Senior Vice PresidentFinance from August 2003 to May 2005. Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer, Markel International Limited, a subsidiary, from August 2003 to May 2005. Age 45.
Gerard Albanese, Jr.
Senior Vice President and Chief Underwriting Officer since January 2009. President and Chief Operating Officer, Markel International Limited, a subsidiary, from September 2003 to August 2008. Age 56.
Britton L. Glisson
Chief Administrative Officer since February 2009. President, Markel Insurance Company, a subsidiary, since October 1996. Age 52.
F. Michael Crowley
President, Specialty Program Division since February 2009. President of Willis HRH North America from October 2008 to January 2009. President of Hilb Rogal & Hobbs Company from September 2005 to October 2008. Executive Vice President from 2004 to 2005. Age 57.
120 |
Index to Exhibits
3(i) | Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended (3(i))a | |
3(ii) | Bylaws, as amended (3.1)b | |
4(i) | Form of Credit Agreement dated August 25, 2005, among Markel Corporation, the lenders from time to time party thereto, SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender, Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Barclays Bank PLC and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agents (4)c | |
4(ii) | First Amendment dated March 17, 2006 to Credit Agreement dated August 25, 2005 among Markel Corporation, the banks and financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender (4(ii))d |
The registrant hereby agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission a copy of all instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the registrant and subsidiaries shown on the Consolidated Balance Sheet of the registrant at December 31, 2008, and the respective Notes thereto, included in this Annual Report on Form10-K.
Management Contracts or Compensatory Plans required to be filed (Item 10.110.16)
10.1 | Trust and Amendment Under Markel Corporation 1989 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (10.2)e | |
10.2 | Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Alan I. Kirshner** | |
10.3 | Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Steven A. Markel** | |
10.4 | Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Anthony F. Markel** | |
10.5 | Form of Executive Employment Agreement with Thomas S. Gayner, Paul W. Springman, Richard R. Whitt, III, Gerard Albanese, Jr., Britton L. Glisson and F. Michael Crowley** | |
10.6 | Schedule of Base Salaries for Executive Officers** | |
10.7 | Markel Corporation Executive Bonus Plan (10.3)f | |
10.8 | Description of Awards Under Executive Bonus Plan** | |
10.9 | Employee Stock Purchase and Bonus Plan** | |
10.10 | Markel Corporation Omnibus Incentive Plan (Appendix B)g | |
10.11 | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award for Directors (10.8)h | |
10.12 | Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Directors (10.1)i | |
10.13 | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award for Executive Officers (10.1)j | |
10.14 | Form of Restricted Stock Unit 2006 Supplemental Award for Executive Officers (10.1)k | |
10.15 | Description of Permitted Acceleration of Vesting Date of Restricted Stock Units by Up to Thirty Days (10.2)i | |
10.16 | Description of Non-Employee Director Compensation** | |
21 | Certain Subsidiaries of Markel Corporation** | |
23 | Consent of independent registered public accounting firm to incorporation by reference of certain reports into the Registrants Registration Statements on Forms S-8 and S-3** | |
31.1 | Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/ 15d-14(a)** | |
31.2 | Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/ 15d-14(a)** | |
32.1 | Certification of Principal Executive Officer furnished Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350** | |
32.2 | Certification of Principal Financial Officer furnished Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350** |
** | filed with this report |
a. | Incorporated by reference from the Exhibit shown in parentheses filed with the Commission in the Registrants report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000. |
b. | Incorporated by reference from the Exhibit shown in parentheses filed with the Commission in the Registrants report on Form 8-K filed on August 20, 2007. |
c. | Incorporated by reference from the Exhibit shown in parentheses filed with the Commission in the Registrants report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005. |
d. | Incorporated by reference from the Exhibit shown in parentheses filed with the Commission in the Registrants report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006. |
e. | Incorporated by reference from the Exhibit shown in parentheses filed with the Commission in the Registrants (Commission File No. 001-13051) report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999. |
f. | Incorporated by reference from the Exhibit shown in parentheses filed with the Commission in the Registrants report on Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2005. |
g. | Incorporated by reference from the Appendix shown in parentheses filed with the Commission in the Registrants Proxy Statement and Definitive 14A filed April 2, 2003. |
h. | Incorporated by reference from the Exhibit shown in parentheses filed with the Commission in the Registrants report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003. |
i. | Incorporated by reference from the Exhibit shown in parentheses filed with the Commission in the Registrants report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008. |
j. | Incorporated by reference from the Exhibit shown in parentheses filed with the Commission in the Registrants report on Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2008. |
k. | Incorporated by reference from the Exhibit shown in parentheses filed with the Commission in the Registrants report on Form 8-K filed on July 24, 2006. |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
MARKEL CORPORATION | ||
By: |
Steven A. Markel |
|
Vice Chairman | ||
March 2, 2009 |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signatures |
Title |
|||
Alan I. Kirshner,* |
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors | |||
Anthony F. Markel,* |
Director | |||
Steven A. Markel,* |
Director | |||
Richard R. Whitt, III,* |
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) | |||
J. Alfred Broaddus, Jr.,* |
Director | |||
Douglas C. Eby,* |
Director | |||
Stewart M. Kasen,* |
Director | |||
Lemuel E. Lewis,* |
Director | |||
Jay M. Weinberg,* |
Director |
* | Signed as of March 2, 2009 |
Exhibit 10.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement is made as of the 31st day of December, 2008, between Markel Corporation (the Company), and Alan I. Kirshner (Executive).
The parties agree as follows:
1. Employment and Duties . The Company employs the Executive as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and, subject to his election by the shareholders, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Executive agrees to devote full time and attention during normal business hours to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and to perform duties normally and properly incident to his position and such further duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors of the Company. The duties to be performed by the Executive under this Agreement shall be primarily performed by him in the Richmond, Virginia metropolitan area, provided, however, that the Executive shall travel to the extent reasonably necessary to perform his duties hereunder. The Executive shall not be required to reside or maintain a residence outside of the Richmond metropolitan area.
2. Term . The Company employs the Executive, and the Executive agrees to serve the Company, for a term of one year from the date of this Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for additional terms of one year, unless either party notifies the other in writing at least 90 days before the expiration of the term of this Agreement that it does not wish to extend the term. If the Company notifies the Executive that it does not wish to extend the term of this Agreement, the Company shall be deemed to have terminated the Executives employment without cause, and the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits specified in Section 7 of this Agreement. If the Executive notifies the Company that the Executive does not wish to extend the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed to have voluntarily left the employ of the Company and the Companys obligations to the Executive under this Agreement shall terminate.
3. Salary . During the term of this Agreement, the Executives base salary shall be not less than $650,000.00 per year, which sum shall be payable in bi-weekly installments.
The Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Companys bonus program and the Company agrees to review the Executives salary no less frequently than annually. In the event of an increase in salary or the payment of a bonus, the other terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The salary in effect at any given time is sometimes referred to in this Agreement as Base Salary. There shall be withheld from all amounts due the Executive such federal and state income taxes, FICA and other amounts as may be required to be withheld under applicable law.
4. Other Benefits . During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to (i) participate in such employee benefit plans and programs as are generally available to other officers of the Company who hold positions of similar responsibility to those of the Executive (provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall entitle the Executive to participate in the Companys 401(k) plan following the termination of his employment for any reason), (ii) reimbursement, in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Company from time to time, for all items of expense reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive on behalf of the Company, (iii) such holidays as are generally available to employees of the Company, and (iv) five weeks of annual vacation leave, which shall be non-cumulative and not subject to compensation if not taken.
5. Termination by Death or Disability .
(a) Should the Executive die during the term of employment, the Company shall be obligated to pay any salary and benefits to which the Executive may be entitled until the end of the bi-weekly payroll period in which the death occurs, and the Company shall pay to the Executives personal representatives amounts equal to and payable at the same time as the installments of Base Salary theretofore regularly paid to the Executive for a period of twelve months beginning as of the date of death.
(b) Should the Executive be unable to perform substantially all duties of employment for 90 consecutive days because of a physical or mental disability, the Company shall then have the right to terminate the Executives employment by giving the Executive 30 days written notice. After the date of termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive or the Executives personal representatives amounts equal to and payable at the same time as the installments of Base Salary theretofore regularly paid to the Executive for a period of twelve months beginning as of the date of termination.
2
A condition of disability under this Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors on the basis of (i) the Executive being unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, or (ii) the Executive, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company.
6. Termination for Cause . The Company, by action of its Board of Directors, may at any time elect to terminate its obligations under this Agreement for cause and remove the Executive from employment. Termination for cause shall be made upon 30 days written notice, and upon expiration of the 30-day notice period, all obligations of the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall cease.
For purposes of this Agreement cause shall be only the following:
(a) continued and deliberate neglect by the Executive, after receipt of notice thereof, of employment duties other than as a result of the Executives physical or mental disability;
(b) willful misconduct of the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties, including by way of example but not limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company; securing or attempting to secure personally any profit in connection with any transaction entered into on behalf of the Company or violation of any code of conduct or standards of ethics applicable to employees of the Company;
(c) conduct by the Executive which may result in material injury to the reputation of the Company if the Executive were retained in his position with the Company, including by way of example but not limitation, commission of a felony, bankruptcy, insolvency or general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(d) active disloyalty such as aiding a competitor;
(e) the Executives inability to obtain or maintain any required regulatory approvals or authorizations necessary for the Executive to perform his duties under the Agreement; or
3
(f) a breach by the Executive of Section 8 or 9 of this Agreement.
7. Other Termination .
(a) If the Executive resigns or voluntarily leaves the employ of the Company, the Companys obligations to the Executive under this Agreement shall terminate and the Company shall have no further liability to the Executive under this Agreement; provided, however, if the Executive voluntarily leaves the employ of the Company by virtue of the Companys failure to comply with any terms of this Agreement, then the Executive shall be entitled to the identical compensation and benefits set forth in Section 7 (b) hereof.
(b) The Company, by action of its Board of Directors, may at any time elect to terminate its obligations under this Agreement without cause and remove the Executive from employment on 30 days written notice. If the Company elects to terminate the Executives employment without cause, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive, subject to compliance by the Executive with the provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of this Agreement, the Base Salary and benefits (but not any accrued or pro rata bonus) due under this Agreement for a period of 24 months from the date of termination. In addition, at the end of the 24-month period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, subject to compliance by the Executive with the provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of this Agreement, a lump sum payment equal to twice the amount of bonus, if any, received by the Executive for the calendar year preceding the year in which termination occurs.
8. Confidential Information and Trade Secrets . As consideration for and to induce the employment of the Executive by the Company, the Executive agrees that:
(a) Except to the extent such information is generally known to the public or in the industry in which the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates are engaged all information relating to or used in the business and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates (including, without limitation, marketing methods and procedures, customer lists, lists of professionals referring customers to the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates, sources of supplies and materials and business systems and procedures), whether prepared, compiled, developed or obtained by the Executive or by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates before or during the term of this
4
Agreement, are and shall be confidential information and trade secrets (Confidential Information) and the exclusive property of the Company, its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates.
(b) All records of and materials relating to Confidential Information, whether in written form or in a form produced or stored by any electrical or mechanical means or process and whether prepared, compiled or obtained by the Executive or by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates before or during the term of this Agreement, are and shall be the exclusive property of the Company or its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates, as the case may be.
(c) Except in the regular course of his employment or as the Company may expressly authorize or direct in writing, the Executive shall not, during or after the term of this Agreement and his employment by the Company, copy, reproduce, disclose or divulge to others, use or permit others to see any Confidential Information or any records of or materials relating to any such Confidential Information. The Executive further agrees that during the term of this Agreement and his employment by the Company he shall not remove from the custody or control of the Company or its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates any records of or any materials relating to such Confidential Information and that upon the termination of this Agreement he shall deliver the same to the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates.
9. Covenants .
As consideration for and to induce the employment of the Executive by the Company, the Executive agrees that, except in the regular course of his employment or as the Company may expressly authorize or direct in writing, the Executive shall not, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two years immediately following the termination of this Agreement, directly or indirectly, either as an individual for his own account, as a partner or joint venturer with any other person or entity, as an employee, consultant, advisor, agent or representative of any other person or entity or as an officer, director or shareholder of any corporation, (i) own, manage, operate, join, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or serve as an employee, consultant, advisor, agent or representative of any corporation, association, partnership, proprietorship or other business entity that is engaged in any business activity, directly or indirectly, in competition with any
5
of the business operations or activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates, or (ii) employ or offer to employ or retain the services of any officer, employee or agent then employed or retained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates or induce, encourage or solicit any such officer, employee or agent to leave the employment or service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates. This provision shall not, however, restrict the Executive from making any investments in any company whose stock is listed on a national securities exchange or actively traded in the over-the-counter market, so long as such investment does not give the Executive the right to control or influence the policy decisions of any such business or enterprise which is or might be directly or indirectly in competition with any of the business operations or activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates.
10. Survival of Covenants and Remedies . The agreements made by the Executive in Sections 8 and 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Executives employment. Each such agreement by the Executive shall be construed as an agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the provisions of Section 8 or 9. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company will sustain irreparable injury in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of Section 8 or 9 and that the Company does not and will not have any adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if he breaches or threatens to breach any such covenant or agreement, the Company shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief. The foregoing shall not, however, be deemed to limit the Companys remedies at law or in equity for any such breach or threatened breach.
11. Deferred Compensation Benefits
In response to the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (AJCA), Section 11 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows. All amounts deferred under Section 11 on or before December 31, 2004 and earnings thereon shall continue to remain deferred, and shall continue to accrue interest, on the same terms and at the same rate, as existed on December 31, 2004, except as specifically provided below.
6
(a) To induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company and in consideration and recognition of the services heretofore and hereafter to be rendered by the Executive and the Executives covenants contained herein, the Company hereby agrees to provide the Executive with a deferred compensation benefit (Deferred Compensation Benefit). For so long as the Executive was a full time employee of the Company, on each anniversary of the date of this Agreement before December 31, 2004, the Company credited to the Deferred Compensation Benefit for the period an amount equal to sixteen percent (16%) of the Executives Base Salary during the year or other period ending on such date. The Company shall credit interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum from the date on which each amount is credited to the Deferred Compensation Benefit. The Executives initial Deferred Compensation Benefit shall also include the total Supplemental Retirement Benefit previously accrued by the Executive under a prior version of this Agreement with the Companys subsidiary, Markel North America, Inc.
(b) The aggregate amount of the Deferred Compensation Benefit shall be payable at the time or time elected by the Executive. If the Executive fails to elect a time for payment, the Deferred Compensation Benefit shall be paid at the earlier of the Executives death or the termination of the Executives employment with the Company. The Executive may change the time for payment of the Deferred Compensation Benefit by filing a new election with the Company, provided that any election shall not be effective until six months after it is filed with the Company.
(c) The Executive shall determine the form of payment of the Deferred Compensation Benefit from one of the following forms, except as provided in (d) below:
(1) A single lump-sum payment in cash to the Executive or his designated beneficiary.
(2) Payments made to the Executive or his designated beneficiary in equal monthly installments for a period of years.
(d) The Company shall make all payments in accordance with the election of the Executive under Section 11(c), unless any such payments would be non-deductible to the Company under the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. If the payment would be non-deductible, the Company shall make the payment as soon as the payment is deductible by the Company, but no later than thirty days after the end of the Companys taxable year during which the Executive last was a covered employee as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.162-27(c)(2).
7
(e) At the request of the Executive or his beneficiary, the Company shall accelerate and pay all or part of the Deferred Compensation Benefit in the event of Hardship in the minimum amount sufficient to relieve the Hardship. Hardship is a severe financial hardship to the Executive (or beneficiary) resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Executive or of a dependent of the Executive, loss of the Executives property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Executive. Section 11(e) shall be operative only if the Executive and Company determine that its operation will not result in the Executive incurring the 20% tax imposed under Section 409A of the Code.
(f) The Deferred Compensation Benefit shall be unfunded. The Company shall not segregate any assets that at any time may represent the Deferred Compensation Benefit.
12. Notices . All notices, consents and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given, delivered or made when delivered personally or when mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to the Company at its principal office in Richmond, Virginia, and to the Executive at his residence as shown upon the employment records of the Company, or to such other address as either party may by notice specify to the other.
13. Modification . No provision of this Agreement, including any provision of this paragraph, may be modified, deleted or amended in any manner except by an agreement in writing executed by the Executive and the Company.
14. Benefit . All of the terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and by the Executive and his heirs and personal representatives.
15. Construction . This Agreement is executed and delivered in the Commonwealth of Virginia and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of such state. THE EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY AGREE THAT THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF VIRGINIA OR THE CIRCUIT COURT FOR THE COUNTY OF HENRICO, VIRGINIA SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER ANY DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
8
16. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.
In addition, if, at the time of enforcement of this Agreement, a court holds that any restriction stated in this Agreement is unreasonable under the circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum restriction reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated restriction.
17. Headings . The underlined headings provided in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
19. Delay in Payments. In response to the AJCA, any payments under this agreement that are treated as made under a deferred compensation plan for purposes of Internal Revenue Code (Code) Section 409A are intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B) and any regulations and other guidance under that section. Therefore, if the Executive is a specified employee for purposes of Code Section 409A, no payment shall be made before the date provided in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B) and all payments otherwise payable during that period shall be made to the Executive as soon as possible after the date provided in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B).
|
MARKEL CORPORATION | |||||
Executive | ||||||
|
||||||
By: | Steven A. Markel | |||||
Title: | Vice Chairman |
9
Exhibit 10.3
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement is made as of the 31st day of December, 2008, between Markel Corporation (the Company), and Steven A. Markel (Executive).
The parties agree as follows:
1. Employment and Duties . The Company employs the Executive as Vice Chairman and, subject to his election by the shareholders, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Executive agrees to devote full time and attention during normal business hours to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and to perform duties normally and properly incident to his position and such further duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors of the Company. The duties to be performed by the Executive under this Agreement shall be primarily performed by him in the Richmond, Virginia metropolitan area, provided, however, that the Executive shall travel to the extent reasonably necessary to perform his duties hereunder. The Executive shall not be required to reside or maintain a residence outside of the Richmond metropolitan area.
2. Term . The Company employs the Executive, and the Executive agrees to serve the Company, for a term of one year from the date of this Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for additional terms of one year, unless either party notifies the other in writing at least 90 days before the expiration of the term of this Agreement that it does not wish to extend the term. If the Company notifies the Executive that it does not wish to extend the term of this Agreement, the Company shall be deemed to have terminated the Executives employment without cause, and the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits specified in Section 7 of this Agreement. If the Executive notifies the Company that the Executive does not wish to extend the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed to have voluntarily left the employ of the Company and the Companys obligations to the Executive under this Agreement shall terminate.
3. Salary . During the term of this Agreement, the Executives base salary shall be not less than $600,000.00 per year, which sum shall be payable in bi-weekly installments. The Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Companys bonus program and the Company agrees to review the Executives salary no less frequently than annually. In the
event of an increase in salary or the payment of a bonus, the other terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The salary in effect at any given time is sometimes referred to in this Agreement as Base Salary. There shall be withheld from all amounts due the Executive such federal and state income taxes, FICA and other amounts as may be required to be withheld under applicable law.
4. Other Benefits . During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to (i) participate in such employee benefit plans and programs as are generally available to other officers of the Company who hold positions of similar responsibility to those of the Executive (provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall entitle the Executive to participate in the Companys 401(k) plan following the termination of his employment for any reason), (ii) reimbursement, in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Company from time to time, for all items of expense reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive on behalf of the Company, (iii) such holidays as are generally available to employees of the Company, and (iv) five (5) weeks of annual vacation leave, which shall be non-cumulative and not subject to compensation if not taken.
5. Termination by Death or Disability .
(a) Should the Executive die during the term of employment, the Company shall be obligated to pay any salary and benefits to which the Executive may be entitled until the end of the bi-weekly payroll period in which the death occurs, and the Company shall pay to the Executives personal representatives amounts equal to and payable at the same time as the installments of Base Salary theretofore regularly paid to the Executive for a period of twelve months beginning as of the date of death.
(b) Should the Executive be unable to perform substantially all duties of employment for 90 consecutive days because of a physical or mental disability, the Company shall then have the right to terminate the Executives employment by giving the Executive 30 days written notice. After the date of termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive or the Executives personal representatives amounts equal to and payable at the same time as the installments of Base Salary theretofore regularly paid to the Executive for a period of twelve months beginning as of the date of termination.
A condition of disability under this Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors on the basis of (i) the Executive being unable to engage in any substantial gainful
2
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, or (ii) the Executive, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company.
6. Termination for Cause . The Company, by action of its Board of Directors, may at any time elect to terminate its obligations under this Agreement for cause and remove the Executive from employment. Termination for cause shall be made upon 30 days written notice, and upon expiration of the 30-day notice period, all obligations of the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall cease.
For purposes of this Agreement cause shall be only the following:
(a) continued and deliberate neglect by the Executive, after receipt of notice thereof, of employment duties other than as a result of the Executives physical or mental disability;
(b) willful misconduct of the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties, including by way of example but not limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company; securing or attempting to secure personally any profit in connection with any transaction entered into on behalf of the Company or violation of any code of conduct or standards of ethics applicable to employees of the Company;
(c) conduct by the Executive which may result in material injury to the reputation of the Company if the Executive were retained in his position with the Company, including by way of example but not limitation, commission of a felony, bankruptcy, insolvency or general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(d) active disloyalty such as aiding a competitor;
(e) the Executives inability to obtain or maintain any required regulatory approvals or authorizations necessary for the Executive to perform his duties under the Agreement; or
(f) a breach by the Executive of Section 8 or 9 of this Agreement.
3
7. Other Termination .
(a) If the Executive resigns or voluntarily leaves the employ of the Company, the Companys obligations to the Executive under this Agreement shall terminate and the Company shall have no further liability to the Executive under this Agreement; provided, however, if the Executive voluntarily leaves the employ of the Company by virtue of the Companys failure to comply with any terms of this Agreement, then the Executive shall be entitled to the identical compensation and benefits set forth in Section 7 (b) hereof.
(b) The Company, by action of its Board of Directors, may at any time elect to terminate its obligations under this Agreement without cause and remove the Executive from employment on 30 days written notice. If the Company elects to terminate the Executives employment without cause, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive, subject to compliance by the Executive with the provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of this Agreement, the Base Salary and benefits (but not any accrued or pro rata bonus) due under this Agreement for a period of twenty-four (24) months from the date of termination. In addition, at the end of the twenty-four (24) month period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, subject to compliance by the Executive with the provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of this Agreement, a lump sum payment equal to twice the amount of bonus, if any, received by the Executive for the calendar year preceding the year in which termination occurs.
8. Confidential Information and Trade Secrets . As consideration for and to induce the employment of the Executive by the Company, the Executive agrees that:
(a) Except to the extent such information is generally known to the public or in the industry in which the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates are engaged all information relating to or used in the business and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates (including, without limitation, marketing methods and procedures, customer lists, lists of professionals referring customers to the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates, sources of supplies and materials and business systems and procedures), whether prepared, compiled, developed or obtained by the Executive or by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates before or during the term of this Agreement, are and shall be confidential information and trade secrets (Confidential Information) and the exclusive property of the Company, its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates.
4
(b) All records of and materials relating to Confidential Information, whether in written form or in a form produced or stored by any electrical or mechanical means or process and whether prepared, compiled or obtained by the Executive or by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates before or during the term of this Agreement, are and shall be the exclusive property of the Company or its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates, as the case may be.
(c) Except in the regular course of his employment or as the Company may expressly authorize or direct in writing, the Executive shall not, during or after the term of this Agreement and his employment by the Company, copy, reproduce, disclose or divulge to others, use or permit others to see any Confidential Information or any records of or materials relating to any such Confidential Information. The Executive further agrees that during the term of this Agreement and his employment by the Company he shall not remove from the custody or control of the Company or its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates any records of or any materials relating to such Confidential Information and that upon the termination of this Agreement he shall deliver the same to the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates.
9. Covenants .
A. As consideration for and to induce the employment of the Executive by the Company, the Executive agrees that, except in the regular course of his employment or as the Company may expressly authorize or direct in writing, the Executive shall not, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2) years immediately following the termination of this Agreement, directly or indirectly, either as an individual for his own account, as a partner or joint venturer with any other person or entity, as an employee, consultant, advisor, agent or representative of any other person or entity or as an officer, director or shareholder of any corporation, (i) own, manage, operate, join, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or serve as an employee, consultant, advisor, agent or representative of any corporation, association, partnership, proprietorship or other business entity that is engaged in any business activity, directly or indirectly, in competition with any of the business operations or activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates, or (ii) employ or offer to employ or retain the services of any officer, employee or agent then employed or retained by the Company or any
5
of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates or induce, encourage or solicit any such officer, employee or agent to leave the employment or service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates. This provision shall not, however, restrict the Executive from making any investments in any company whose stock is listed on a national securities exchange or actively traded in the over-the-counter market, so long as such investment does not give the Executive the right to control or influence the policy decisions of any such business or enterprise which is or might be directly or indirectly in competition with any of the business operations or activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates.
B. The Executive acknowledges that he has granted to the Company the exclusive right in perpetuity to use his surname as part of its corporate name for and in connection with all business of whatever kind and character conducted previously or in the future by the company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates. The Executive hereby covenants and agrees that he shall not hereafter grant to any other person, firm or corporation the right to use and he shall not himself use (except in the regular course of his employment by the Company hereunder or as the Company may expressly authorize or direct in writing) his name as part of the corporate, firm or trade name or trademark of any firm, entity, corporation or business that engages in any business activity directly or indirectly in competition with any of the business operations or activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates.
10. Survival of Covenants and Remedies . The agreements made by the Executive in Sections 8 and 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Executives employment. Each such agreement by the Executive shall be construed as an agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the provisions of Section 8 or 9. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company will sustain irreparable injury in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of Section 8 or 9 and that the Company does not and will not have any adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if he breaches or threatens to breach any such covenant or agreement, the Company shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief. The foregoing shall not, however, be deemed to limit the Companys remedies at law or in equity for any such breach or threatened breach.
6
11. Deferred Compensation Benefits
In response to the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (AJCA), Section 11 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows. All amounts deferred under Section 11 on or before December 31, 2004 and earnings thereon shall continue to remain deferred, and shall continue to accrue interest, on the same terms and at the same rate, as existed on December 31, 2004, except as specifically provided below.
(a) To induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company and in consideration and recognition of the services heretofore and hereafter to be rendered by the Executive and the Executives covenants contained herein, the Company hereby agrees to provide the Executive with a deferred compensation benefit (Deferred Compensation Benefit). For so long as the Executive was a full time employee of the Company, on each anniversary of the date of this Agreement before December 31, 2004, the Company credited to the Deferred Compensation Benefit for the period an amount equal to eight percent (8%) of the Executives Base Salary during the year or other period ending on such date. The Company shall credit interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum from the date on which each amount is credited to the Deferred Compensation Benefit. The Executives initial Deferred Compensation Benefit shall also include the total Supplemental Retirement Benefit previously accrued by the Executive under a prior version of this Agreement with the Companys subsidiary, Markel North America, Inc.
(b) The aggregate amount of the Deferred Compensation Benefit shall be payable at the time or time elected by the Executive. If the Executive fails to elect a time for payment, the Deferred Compensation Benefit shall be paid at the earlier of the Executives death or the termination of the Executives employment with the Company. The Executive may change the time for payment of the Deferred Compensation Benefit by filing a new election with the Company, provided that any election shall not be effective until six months after it is filed with the Company.
(c) The Executive shall determine the form of payment of the Deferred Compensation Benefit from one of the following forms, except as provided in (d) below:
(1) A single lump-sum payment in cash to the Executive or his designated beneficiary.
7
(2) Payments made to the Executive or his designated beneficiary in equal monthly installments for a period of years.
(d) The Company shall make all payments in accordance with the election of the Executive under Section 11(c), unless any such payments would be non-deductible to the Company under the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. If the payment would be non-deductible, the Company shall make the payment as soon as the payment is deductible by the Company, but no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the Companys taxable year during which the Executive last was a covered employee as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.162-27(c)(2).
(e) At the request of the Executive or his beneficiary, the Company shall accelerate and pay all or part of the Deferred Compensation Benefit in the event of Hardship in the minimum amount sufficient to relieve the Hardship. Hardship is a severe financial hardship to the Executive (or beneficiary) resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Executive or of a dependent of the Executive, loss of the Executives property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Executive. Section 11(e) shall be operative only if the Executive and Company determine that its operation will not result in the Executive incurring the 20% tax imposed under Section 409A of the Code.
(f) The Deferred Compensation Benefit shall be unfunded. The Company shall not segregate any assets that at any time may represent the Deferred Compensation Benefit.
12. Notices . All notices, consents and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given, delivered or made when delivered personally or when mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to the Company at its principal office in Richmond, Virginia, and to the Executive at his residence as shown upon the employment records of the Company, or to such other address as either party may by notice specify to the other.
13. Modification . No provision of this Agreement, including any provision of this paragraph, may be modified, deleted or amended in any manner except by an agreement in writing executed by the Executive and the Company.
8
14. Benefit . All of the terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and by the Executive and his heirs and personal representatives.
15. Construction . This Agreement is executed and delivered in the Commonwealth of Virginia and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of such state. THE EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY AGREE THAT THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF VIRGINIA OR THE CIRCUIT COURT FOR THE COUNTY OF HENRICO, VIRGINIA SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER ANY DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
16. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.
In addition, if, at the time of enforcement of this Agreement, a court holds that any restriction stated in this Agreement is unreasonable under the circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum restriction reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated restriction.
17. Headings . The underlined headings provided in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
9
19. Delay in Payments. In response to the AJCA, any payments under this agreement that are treated as made under a deferred compensation plan for purposes of Internal Revenue Code (Code) Section 409A are intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B) and any regulations and other guidance under that section. Therefore, if the Executive is a specified employee for purposes of Code Section 409A, no payment shall be made before the date provided in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B) and all payments otherwise payable during that period shall be made to the Executive as soon as possible after the date provided in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B).
|
MARKEL CORPORATION | |||||
Executive | ||||||
By: |
|
|||||
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
10
Exhibit 10.4
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement is made as of the 1st day of January, 2009, between Markel Corporation (the Company), and Anthony F. Markel (Executive).
The parties agree as follows:
1. Employment and Duties . The Company employs the Executive as Vice Chairman and, subject to his election by the shareholders, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Executive agrees to devote an average of 15 hours per week to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and to perform duties normally and properly incident to his position and such further duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
2. Term . The Company employs the Executive, and the Executive agrees to serve the Company, for an initial term expiring December 31, 2009; thereafter, this Agreement shall continue in effect until terminated by either party on 90 days written notice to the other party.
3. Salary . During the term of this Agreement, the Executives base salary shall be not less than $150,000.00 per year, which sum shall be payable in bi-weekly installments. The Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Companys bonus program for executive officers. In the event of an increase in salary or the payment of a bonus, the other terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The salary in effect at any given time is sometimes referred to in this Agreement as Base Salary. There shall be withheld from all amounts due the Executive such federal and state income taxes, FICA and other amounts as may be required to be withheld under applicable law.
4. Other Benefits . During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to (i) participate in such employee benefit plans and programs as are generally available to other officers of the Company who hold positions of similar responsibility to those of the Executive (provided, however, that in light of the Executives reduced time commitment, the Executive shall not be eligible to participate in the Companys short-term disability plan), (ii) reimbursement, in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Company from time to time, for all items of expense reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive on behalf of the Company, and (iii) such holidays as are generally available to employees of the Company.
5. Termination by Death or Disability .
(a) Should the Executive die during the term of employment, the Company shall be obligated to pay any salary and benefits to which the Executive may be entitled until the end of the bi-weekly payroll period in which the death occurs, and the Company shall pay to the Executives personal representatives amounts equal to and payable at the same time as the installments of Base Salary theretofore regularly paid to the Executive for a period equal to the greater of (i) the remainder of the initial term of this Agreement, or (ii) 90 days.
(b) Should the Executive be unable to perform substantially all duties of employment for 90 consecutive days because of a physical or mental disability, the Company shall then have the right to terminate the Executives employment by giving the Executive 30 days written notice. After the date of termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive or the Executives personal representatives amounts equal to and payable at the same time as the installments of Base Salary theretofore regularly paid to the Executive for a period equal to the greater of (i) the remainder of the initial term of this Agreement, or (ii) 90 days from the date of termination.
A condition of disability under this Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors on the basis of (i) the Executive being unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, or (ii) the Executive, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company.
6. Termination for Cause . The Company, by action of its Board of Directors, may at any time elect to terminate its obligations under this Agreement for cause and remove the Executive from employment. Termination for cause shall be made upon 30 days written notice, and upon expiration of the 30-day notice period, all obligations of the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall cease.
2
For purposes of this Agreement cause shall be only the following:
(a) continued and deliberate neglect by the Executive, after receipt of notice thereof, of employment duties other than as a result of the Executives physical or mental disability;
(b) willful misconduct of the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties, including by way of example but not limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company; securing or attempting to secure personally any profit in connection with any transaction entered into on behalf of the Company or violation of any code of conduct or standards of ethics applicable to employees of the Company;
(c) conduct by the Executive which may result in material injury to the reputation of the Company if the Executive were retained in his position with the Company, including by way of example but not limitation, commission of a felony, bankruptcy, insolvency or general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(d) active disloyalty such as aiding a competitor;
(e) the Executives inability to obtain or maintain any required regulatory approvals or authorizations necessary for the Executive to perform his duties under the Agreement; or
(f) a breach by the Executive of Section 8 or 9 of this Agreement.
7. Other Termination .
(a) If the Executive resigns or voluntarily leaves the employ of the Company, the Companys obligations to the Executive under this Agreement shall terminate and the Company shall have no further liability to the Executive under this Agreement; provided, however, if the Executive voluntarily leaves the employ of the Company by virtue of the Companys failure to comply with any terms of this Agreement, then the Executive shall be entitled to the identical compensation and benefits set forth in Section 7 (b) hereof.
(b) The Company, by action of its Board of Directors, may at any time elect to terminate its obligations under this Agreement without cause and remove the Executive from employment on 30 days written notice. If the Company elects to terminate the Executives employment without cause, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive, subject to compliance by the Executive with the provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of this Agreement, the Base Salary and benefits due under this Agreement for a period equal to the greater of (i) the remainder of the initial term of this Agreement, or (ii) 90 days from the date of termination.
3
8. Confidential Information and Trade Secrets . As consideration for and to induce the employment of the Executive by the Company, the Executive agrees that:
(a) Except to the extent such information is generally known to the public or in the industry in which the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates are engaged all information relating to or used in the business and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates (including, without limitation, marketing methods and procedures, customer lists, lists of professionals referring customers to the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates, sources of supplies and materials and business systems and procedures), whether prepared, compiled, developed or obtained by the Executive or by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates before or during the term of this Agreement, are and shall be confidential information and trade secrets (Confidential Information) and the exclusive property of the Company, its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates.
(b) All records of and materials relating to Confidential Information, whether in written form or in a form produced or stored by any electrical or mechanical means or process and whether prepared, compiled or obtained by the Executive or by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates before or during the term of this Agreement, are and shall be the exclusive property of the Company or its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates, as the case may be.
(c) Except in the regular course of his employment or as the Company may expressly authorize or direct in writing, the Executive shall not, during or after the term of this Agreement and his employment by the Company, copy, reproduce, disclose or divulge to others, use or permit others to see any Confidential Information or any records of or materials relating to any such Confidential Information. The Executive further agrees that during the term of this Agreement and his employment by the Company he shall not remove from the custody or control of the Company or its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates any records of or any materials relating to such Confidential Information and that upon the termination of this Agreement he shall deliver the same to the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates.
4
9. Covenants .
A. As consideration for and to induce the employment of the Executive by the Company, the Executive agrees that, except in the regular course of his employment or as the Company may expressly authorize or direct in writing, the Executive shall not, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2) years immediately following the termination of this Agreement, directly or indirectly, either as an individual for his own account, as a partner or joint venturer with any other person or entity, as an employee, consultant, advisor, agent or representative of any other person or entity or as an officer, director or shareholder of any corporation, (i) own, manage, operate, join, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or serve as an employee, consultant, advisor, agent or representative of any corporation, association, partnership, proprietorship or other business entity that is engaged in any business activity, directly or indirectly, in competition with any of the business operations or activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates, or (ii) employ or offer to employ or retain the services of any officer, employee or agent then employed or retained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates or induce, encourage or solicit any such officer, employee or agent to leave the employment or service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates. This provision shall not, however, restrict the Executive from making any investments in any company whose stock is listed on a national securities exchange or actively traded in the over-the-counter market, so long as such investment does not give the Executive the right to control or influence the policy decisions of any such business or enterprise which is or might be directly or indirectly in competition with any of the business operations or activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates.
B. The Executive acknowledges that he has granted to the Company the exclusive right in perpetuity to use his surname as part of its corporate name for and in connection with all business of whatever kind and character conducted previously or in the future by the company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates. The Executive hereby covenants and agrees that he shall not hereafter grant to any other person, firm or corporation the right to use and he shall not himself use (except in the regular course of his employment by the Company hereunder or as the Company may expressly authorize or direct in writing) his
5
name as part of the corporate, firm or trade name or trademark of any firm, entity, corporation or business that engages in any business activity directly or indirectly in competition with any of the business operations or activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates.
10. Survival of Covenants and Remedies . The agreements made by the Executive in Sections 8 and 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Executives employment. Each such agreement by the Executive shall be construed as an agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the provisions of Section 8 or 9. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company will sustain irreparable injury in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of Section 8 or 9 and that the Company does not and will not have any adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if he breaches or threatens to breach any such covenant or agreement, the Company shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief. The foregoing shall not, however, be deemed to limit the Companys remedies at law or in equity for any such breach or threatened breach.
6
11. Deferred Compensation Benefits
In response to the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (AJCA), Section 11 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows. All amounts deferred under Section 11 on or before December 31, 2004 and earnings thereon shall continue to remain deferred, and shall continue to accrue interest, on the same terms and at the same rate, as existed on December 31, 2004, except as specifically provided below.
(a) To induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company and in consideration and recognition of the services heretofore and hereafter to be rendered by the Executive and the Executives covenants contained herein, the Company hereby agrees to provide the Executive with a deferred compensation benefit (Deferred Compensation Benefit). For so long as the Executive was a full time employee of the Company, on each anniversary of the date of this Agreement before December 31, 2004, the Company credited to the Deferred Compensation Benefit for the period an amount equal to 10.8% of the Executives Base Salary during the year or other period ending on such date. The Company shall credit interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum from the date on which each amount is credited to the Deferred Compensation Benefit. The Executives initial Deferred Compensation Benefit shall also include the total Supplemental Retirement Benefit previously accrued by the Executive under a prior version of this Agreement with the Companys subsidiary, Markel North America, Inc.
(b) The aggregate amount of the Deferred Compensation Benefit shall be payable at the time or time elected by the Executive. If the Executive fails to elect a time for payment, the Deferred Compensation Benefit shall be paid at the earlier of the Executives death or the termination of the Executives employment with the Company. The Executive may change the time for payment of the Deferred Compensation Benefit by filing a new election with the Company, provided that any election shall not be effective until six months after it is filed with the Company.
(c) The Executive shall determine the form of payment of the Deferred Compensation Benefit from one of the following forms, except as provided in (d) below:
(1) A single lump-sum payment in cash to the Executive or his designated beneficiary.
7
(2) Payments made to the Executive or his designated beneficiary in equal monthly installments for a period of years.
(d) The Company shall make all payments in accordance with the election of the Executive under Section 11(c), unless any such payments would be non-deductible to the Company under the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. If the payment would be non-deductible, the Company shall make the payment as soon as the payment is deductible by the Company, but no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the Companys taxable year during which the Executive last was a covered employee as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.162-27(c)(2).
(e) At the request of the Executive or his beneficiary, the Company shall accelerate and pay all or part of the Deferred Compensation Benefit in the event of Hardship in the minimum amount sufficient to relieve the Hardship. Hardship is a severe financial hardship to the Executive (or beneficiary) resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Executive or of a dependent of the Executive, loss of the Executives property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Executive. Section 11(e) shall be operative only if the Executive and Company determine that its operation will not result in the Executive incurring the 20% tax imposed under Section 409A of the Code.
(f) The Deferred Compensation Benefit shall be unfunded. The Company shall not segregate any assets that at any time may represent the Deferred Compensation Benefit.
12. Notices . All notices, consents and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given, delivered or made when delivered personally or when mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to the Company at its principal office in Richmond, Virginia, and to the Executive at his residence as shown upon the employment records of the Company, or to such other address as either party may by notice specify to the other.
13. Modification . No provision of this Agreement, including any provision of this paragraph, may be modified, deleted or amended in any manner except by an agreement in writing executed by the Executive and the Company.
8
14. Benefit . All of the terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and by the Executive and his heirs and personal representatives.
15. Construction . This Agreement is executed and delivered in the Commonwealth of Virginia and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of such state. THE EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY AGREE THAT THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF VIRGINIA OR THE CIRCUIT COURT FOR THE COUNTY OF HENRICO, VIRGINIA SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER ANY DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
16. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.
In addition, if, at the time of enforcement of this Agreement, a court holds that any restriction stated in this Agreement is unreasonable under the circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum restriction reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated restriction.
17. Headings . The underlined headings provided in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
9
19. Delay in Payments. In response to the AJCA, any payments under this agreement that are treated as made under a deferred compensation plan for purposes of Internal Revenue Code (Code) Section 409A are intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B) and any regulations and other guidance under that section. Therefore, if the Executive is a specified employee for purposes of Code Section 409A, no payment shall be made before the date provided in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B) and all payments otherwise payable during that period shall be made to the Executive as soon as possible after the date provided in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B).
|
MARKEL CORPORATION | |||||
Executive | ||||||
By: |
|
|||||
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
10
Exhibit 10.5
AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement is made as of the day of , 20 , between Markel Corporation (Markel), and (Executive).
The parties agree as follows:
1. Employment and Duties . The Company employs the Executive as . The Executive agrees to devote full time and attention to the business of Markel and its subsidiaries and affiliates and to perform duties normally and properly incident to his position and such further duties as may be assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer or Board of Directors of Markel. The duties to be performed by the Executive under this Agreement shall be primarily performed by him in the Richmond, Virginia metropolitan area, provided, however, that the Executive shall travel to the extent reasonably necessary to perform his duties hereunder.
2. Term . Unless sooner terminated under Sections 4, 5 or 6 of this Agreement, the Company employs the Executive, and the Executive agrees to serve the Company, for an initial term ending December 31, 2009. The term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for additional terms of one year, unless either party notifies the other in writing at least 90 days before the expiration of the term of this Agreement that it does not wish to extend the term. If the Company notifies the Executive that it does not wish to extend the term of this Agreement, the Company shall be deemed to have terminated the Executives employment without cause, and the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits specified in Section 6(b) of this Agreement. If the Executive notifies the Company that the Executive does not wish to extend the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed to have voluntarily left the employ of the Company and the Companys obligations to the Executive under this Agreement shall terminate.
3. Salary and Benefits .
(a) During the term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay (or cause to be paid to) the Executive a salary at a rate of not less than $ per year, which sum shall be payable in bi-weekly installments. The Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Companys bonus program and the Company agrees to review the Executives salary no less frequently than annually. In the event of an increase in salary or the payment of a bonus, the other terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The salary in effect at any given time is sometimes referred to in this Agreement as Base Salary.
(b) During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to (i) participate in such employee benefit plans and programs as are generally available to other officers of the Company who hold positions of similar responsibility to those of the Executive (provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall entitle the Executive
to participate in the Companys 401(k) plan following the termination of his employment for any reason), (ii) reimbursement, in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Company from time to time, for all items of expense reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive on behalf of the Company, (iii) such holidays as are generally available to employees of the Company, and (iv) annual vacation leave in accordance with Company policies.
4. Termination by Death or Disability .
(a) Should the Executive die during the term of employment, the Company shall be obligated to pay any salary and benefits to which the Executive may be entitled until the end of the bi-weekly payroll period in which the death occurs, and the Company shall pay to the Executives personal representatives amounts equal to and payable at the same time as the installments of Base Salary theretofore regularly paid to the Executive for a period of twelve months beginning as of the date of death.
(b) Should the Executive be unable to perform substantially all duties of employment required under this Agreement for 90 consecutive days because of a physical or mental disability, the Company shall then have the right to terminate the Executives employment by giving the Executive 30 days written notice. After the date of termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive or the Executives personal representatives amounts equal to and payable at the same time as the installments of Base Salary theretofore regularly paid to the Executive for a period of twelve months beginning as of the date of termination.
A condition of disability under this Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors on the basis of (i) the Executive being unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, or (ii) the Executive, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company.
5. Termination for Cause . The Company, by action of the Chief Executive Officer or by action of the Board of Directors, may at any time elect to terminate the Companys obligations under this Agreement for cause and remove the Executive from employment. Termination for cause shall be made upon 30 days written notice, and upon expiration of the 30-day notice period, all obligations of the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall cease.
For purposes of this Agreement cause shall be only the following:
(a) continued and deliberate neglect by the Executive, after receipt of notice thereof, of employment duties other than as a result of the Executives physical or mental disability;
2
(b) willful misconduct of the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties, including by way of example but not limitation, misappropriation of funds or property of the Company; securing or attempting to secure personally any profit in connection with any transaction entered into on behalf of the Company or violation of any code of conduct or standards of ethics applicable to employees of the Company;
(c) conduct by the Executive which may result in material injury to the reputation of the Company if the Executive were retained in his position with the Company, including by way of example but not limitation, commission of a felony, bankruptcy, insolvency or general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(d) active disloyalty such as aiding a competitor;
(e) the Executives inability to obtain or maintain any required regulatory approvals or authorizations necessary for the Executive to perform his duties under this Agreement; or
(f) a breach by the Executive of Section 7 or 8 of this Agreement.
6. Other Termination .
(a) If the Executive resigns or voluntarily leaves the employ of the Company, except as set forth in Section 6(c) below, the Companys obligations to the Executive under this Agreement shall terminate and the Company shall have no further liability to the Executive under this Agreement; provided, however, if the Executive voluntarily leaves the employ of the Company by virtue of the Companys material failure to comply with any terms of this Agreement, then the Executive shall be entitled to the identical compensation and benefits set forth in Section 6 (b) hereof. The Executive must provide notice to the Company of the existence of the event within 90 days of the initial existence of the event constituting the material failure. The Company shall have 30 days to cure the condition before the Executive may terminate employment.
(b) The Company, by action of the Chief Executive Officer or by action of the Board of Directors, may at any time elect to terminate the Companys obligations under this Agreement without cause and remove the Executive from employment on 30 days written notice. If the Company elects to terminate the Executives employment without cause, then, except as otherwise provided in Section 6(c) hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to receive, subject to compliance by the Executive with the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 of this Agreement, the Base Salary and benefits (but not any accrued or pro rata bonus) due under this Agreement for a period of twelve months from the date of termination, subject to Section 18(a).
(c) If the Company elects to terminate the Executive without cause within twelve months following a Change in Control or the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason that occurs within twelve months following a Change in Control, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive, subject to compliance by the Executive with the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 of this Agreement, the Base Salary and benefits (but not any accrued or pro rata bonus) due under this Agreement for a period of twelve months from the date of termination, subject to Section 18(a). In addition, at the end of the
3
twelve month period, the Executive shall also be entitled to receive, subject to compliance by the Executive with the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 of this Agreement, a lump sum payment equal to the amount of bonus, if any, received by the Executive for the calendar year preceding the year in which the date of termination occurs. For these purposes Change in Control means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) Stock Acquisition . The acquisition by any individual, entity or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), (a Person) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20 percent or more of either (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock of Markel (the Outstanding Company Common Stock), or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Markel entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the Outstanding Company Voting Securities); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a change in control: (A) any acquisition directly from Markel; (B) any acquisition by Markel; (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Markel or any corporation controlled by Markel; or (D) any acquisition by any corporation in a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section; or
(ii) Board Composition . Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election or nomination for election by Markels shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individuals whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
(iii) Business Combination . The consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Markel (a Business Combination), unless, following such Business Combination:
(A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately before such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the
4
election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns Markel or all or substantially all of the assets of Markel either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately before such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be;
(B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Markel or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20 percent or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed before the Business Combination; and
(C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors or other governing body of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination.
(iv) Liquidation or Dissolution . Approval by the shareholders of Markel of a complete liquidation or dissolution of Markel.
Good Reason means unless and to the extent otherwise waived in writing by the Executive, the termination of the Executives employment with the Company which is initiated by the Executive because of any of the following events. Executive must provide notice to the Company of the existence of the event within 90 days of the initial existence of the event. The Company shall have 30 days to cure the condition before Executive may terminate employment. The events that may constitute Good Reason are:
(i) a material decrease in the Executives annual base salary in effect as of the date of the Change in Control;
(ii) the assignment of duties and responsibilities to the Executive that materially reduce the level and types of duties and responsibilities of the Executive as of the date of the Change in Control;
(iii) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company or any successor; or
5
(iv) the Company changes by 50 miles or more the principal location in which the Executive is required to perform services from the location at which the Executive was employed as of the date of the Change in Control.
7. Confidential Information and Trade Secrets . As consideration for and to induce the employment of the Executive by the Company, the Executive agrees that:
(a) All information relating to or used in the business and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates (including, without limitation, marketing methods and procedures, customer lists, lists of professionals referring customers to the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates, sources of supplies and materials and business systems and procedures), whether prepared, compiled, developed or obtained by the Executive or by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates before or during the term of this Agreement, are and shall be confidential information and trade secrets (Confidential Information) and the exclusive property of the Company, its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates. Confidential Information does not include information which (i) is or was already in the Executives possession before employment, (ii) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the Executive or (iii) becomes available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, provided that such source is not known to be bound by a confidentiality agreement or other obligation of secrecy with respect to such information.
(b) All records of and materials relating to Confidential Information or other information, whether in written form or in a form produced or stored by any electrical or mechanical means or process and whether prepared, compiled or obtained by the Executive or by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates before or during the term of this Agreement, are and shall be the exclusive property of the Company or its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates, as the case may be.
(c) Except in the regular course of his employment or as the Company may expressly authorize or direct in writing, the Executive shall not, during or after the term of this Agreement and his employment by the Company, copy, reproduce, disclose or divulge to others, use or permit others to see any Confidential Information or any records of or materials relating to any such Confidential Information. The Executive further agrees that during the term of this Agreement and his employment by the Company he shall not remove from the custody or control of the Company or its subsidiaries or corporate affiliates any records of or any materials relating to Confidential Information or other information and that upon the termination of this Agreement he shall deliver the same to the Company and its subsidiaries and corporate affiliates.
8. Covenants . As consideration for and to induce the employment and continued employment of the Executive by the Company, the Executive agrees that, except in the regular course of his employment or as the Company may expressly authorize or direct in writing, the Executive shall not, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of twelve months immediately following the termination of this Agreement, the Executive will not directly or indirectly serve in an executive or sales position for any entity that competes with Markel and its subsidiaries. These restrictions all benefit Markel and their predecessors and successors, whether by sale, merger, consolidation or otherwise.
6
9. Survival of Covenants and Remedies . The agreements made by the Executive in Sections 7 and 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Executives employment. Each such agreement by the Executive shall be construed as an agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the provisions of Section 7 or 8. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company will sustain irreparable injury in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of Section 7 or 8 and that the Company does not and will not have any adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if he breaches or threatens to breach any such covenant or agreement, the Company shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief. The foregoing shall not, however, be deemed to limit the Companys remedies at law or in equity for any such breach or threatened breach.
10. Notices . All notices, consents and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given, delivered or made when delivered personally or when mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to the Company at its principal office in Richmond, Virginia, and to the Executive at his residence as shown upon the employment records of the Company, or to such other address as either party may by notice specify to the other.
11. Modification . No provision of this Agreement, including any provision of this Section, may be modified, deleted or amended in any manner except by an agreement in writing executed by the Executive and the Company.
12. Benefit . All of the terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and by the Executive and his heirs and personal representatives.
13. Construction and Venue . This Agreement is executed and delivered in the Commonwealth of Virginia and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of such state. THE EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY AGREE THAT THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF VIRGINIA OR THE CIRCUIT COURT FOR THE COUNTY OF HENRICO, VIRGINIA SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER ANY DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
14. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. In addition, if, at the time of enforcement of this Agreement, a court holds that any restriction stated in this Agreement is unreasonable under the circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum restriction reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated restriction.
15. Headings . The underlined headings provided in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
7
16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
17. Withholding. There shall be withheld from amounts due the Executive under this Agreement such income taxes, contributions and other amounts as may be required to be withheld under applicable law.
18. Section 409A Compliance.
(a) This Section 18(a) shall apply for purposes of Section 6(b) and Section 6(c). During the six-month period beginning on the first day following the Executives Separation from Service (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code (Code) Section 409A and applying the default terms thereof), the payments of compensation and benefits to the Executive (including any severance payments from any other plan or arrangement) shall not exceed two times the lesser of (A) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the year including the date of termination, or (B) the sum of the Executives annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay for services provided to the Company for the calendar year preceding the calendar year during which the Executives date of termination occurs (adjusted for any increase during that year that was expected to continue indefinitely if the Executive had not had a termination of employment). All payments that are not made when otherwise due during that six-month period shall be made to the Executive as soon as possible after the end of the six-month period.
(b) Any payments under this Agreement that are treated as made under a deferred compensation plan for purposes of Code Section 409A are intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B) and any regulations and other guidance under that section and the Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with these requirements. Therefore, if the Executive is a specified employee for purposes of Code Section 409A, no payment that is deferred compensation shall be made before the date provided in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B) and all payments otherwise payable during that period shall be made to the Executive as soon as possible after the date provided in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B).
|
MARKEL CORPORATION | |||||
Executive | ||||||
By: |
|
|||||
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
8
Exhibit 10.6
SCHEDULE OF BASE SALARIES FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Name |
Base Salary | ||
Alan I. Kirshner |
$ | 650,000 | |
Steven A. Markel |
600,000 | ||
Anthony F. Markel |
150,000 | ||
Thomas S. Gayner |
525,000 | ||
Paul W. Springman |
535,000 | ||
Richard R. Whitt, III |
475,000 | ||
Gerard Albanese, Jr. |
400,000 | ||
Britton F. Glisson |
330,521 | ||
F. Michael Crowley |
535,000 |
Exhibit 10.8
Description of Awards under Executive Bonus Plan
In addition to base salary, Markel Corporation (the Company) maintains an Executive Bonus Plan that has been approved by shareholders. The plan is designed so that payments will not be subject to the $1,000,000 deduction limit under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.
The plan is administered by the Compensation Committee (or a sub-committee thereof) of the Board of Directors. The Committee has the power and complete discretion to select eligible employees to receive awards and to determine the type of award and its terms and conditions. All present and future executive officers of the Company whom the Committee determines to have contributed or who can be expected to contribute significantly to the Company are eligible to receive awards under the plan. Messrs. Alan I. Kirshner, Anthony F. Markel, Steven A. Markel, Paul W. Springman, Thomas S. Gayner, Richard R. Whitt, III, Gerard Albanese, Jr., Britton L. Glisson and F. Michael Crowley are the only executive officers currently eligible for awards under the plan.
Awards are subject to the achievement of pre-established performance goals and are administered to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m). Performance goals relate to growth in book value. The Committee sets the amounts payable under each performance award. The employee receives the appropriate payment at the end of the performance period if the performance goals and other terms and conditions of the award are met. Awards are payable in cash. The aggregate maximum cash amount payable under the plan to any employee in any year cannot exceed the lesser of 250% of base salary or $2,500,000. Any performance award must be made before the 90 th day of the period for which the performance award relates and before the completion of 25% of such period.
The Board can amend or terminate the plan at any time, except that only shareholders can approve amendments that would (i) materially change or impact which employees are eligible to participate or (ii) materially change the benefits that eligible employees may receive under the plan. However, the Board can amend the plan as necessary and without shareholder approval to ensure that the plan continues to comply with Section 162(m).
Messrs. Alan I. Kirshner, Anthony F. Markel, Steven A. Markel, Paul W. Springman, Thomas S. Gayner, Richard R. Whitt, III, Gerard Albanese, Jr. and Britton L. Glisson are eligible to receive awards under the plan, expressed as a percentage of base salary, based on a five-year average of the compound growth in book value per share of common stock as reflected in the schedule below. Book value calculations are subject to adjustment to reflect changes in accounting principles, stock repurchases and capital or other transactions which may impact reported book value per share. Any award to F. Michael Crowley will be based on growth in book value from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009, with the maximum amount payable being equal to 125% of salary and otherwise consistent with the schedule below.
The schedule below shows potential bonus awards under the plan, expressed as a percentage of base salary.
Average Compound Growth In Book Value Per Share |
Bonus as % of Base
Salary under the Plan |
|
Under 11% |
0% | |
11% |
50% | |
12% |
60% | |
13% |
70% | |
14% |
80% | |
15% |
90% | |
16% |
100% | |
17% |
125% | |
18% |
150% | |
19% |
175% | |
20% |
200% | |
21% |
200%* |
* | In the case of performance at or above this level, the award will be 200% of Base Salary and may, in the discretion of the Committee, be higher. |
Exhibit 10.9
MARKEL CORPORATION
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE AND BONUS PLAN
This document provides information about a total of 100,000 shares of the Common Stock, no par value (Common Stock), of Markel Corporation (the Company) which may be acquired by employees and Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries under the Companys Employee Stock Purchase and Bonus Plan (the Plan). This document also provides information about a Loan Program (the Loan Program) to facilitate purchases of shares of the Companys Common Stock under the Plan. Under the Loan Program an eligible participant may borrow an amount equal to the full purchase price of shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan (a Loan).
THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS
COVERING SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933 (the 1933 Act).
DATE: November 20, 2008
INTRODUCTION TO THE PLAN
The Company has adopted the Markel Corporation Employee Stock Purchase and Bonus Plan in a continuation of the Companys efforts to encourage share ownership by employees and Directors. The Plan provides an easy method for making purchases of the Companys Common Stock and also encourages share ownership by providing a share bonus based on the net increase in the number of shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan by an employee or Director in a given year. A description of the Loan Program feature of the Plan begins on page 6. The Plan is not subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) and will be administered by the Companys Human Resources Department in Glen Allen, Virginia. You may obtain additional information about the Plan and its administration by contacting Human Resources at (804) 747-0136.
PLAN ELIGIBILITY
All full-time and part-time employees of the Company or its designated subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the Plan. Subject to certain conditions, non-employee Directors of the Company are also eligible to participate. An eligible Participant may elect to participate in the Plan by completing an enrollment form (available from your Human Resources Department or on the Company Intranet) and an IRS W-9 or W-8 Form (also available from your Human Resources Department or on the Company Intranet).
An eligible Participant may elect to participate at any time, may make changes in the amount of deductions at any time and may also terminate participation at any time by sending written instructions directly to the Human Resources Department. Elections will become effective as soon as practicable following the receipt of the election or change form by the Human Resources Department.
Participation in the Plan will automatically terminate in the payroll period following the date an employee ceases to be a full-time or part-time employee or for Directors, on the date a Director ceases to serve as a Director of the Company.
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PARTICIPANTS
Non-employee Directors of the Company may participate in the Plan subject to the following conditions: (i) shares purchased under the Plan and Awards made under the Plan must be held at least six months before they may be withdrawn from the Plan or otherwise sold or disposed of by the Director (the Directors election to participate in the Plan authorizes the imposition of transfer restrictions as necessary to implement this provision); (ii) stock purchases made by a Director under the Plan may not exceed the amount of annual fees paid to the Director
2
by the Company (including any incentive payments under the Loan Program); and (iii) if a Director ceases participation in the Plan, he or she may not participate again for at least six months. Directors may no longer receive new loans under the Loan Program.
All other applicable plan provisions apply to a non-employee Directors participation in the Plan.
METHOD FOR MAKING STOCK PURCHASES
At the time of enrollment an eligible Participant will specify the amounts to be invested and the Company will regularly deduct the specified amount from the Participants pay. The Participant may also elect to purchase shares other than by payroll deduction provided each such purchase is for an amount of at least $500/£300. Deductions or contributions made in currencies other than U.S. Dollars will be converted by the Company into U.S. Dollars at the then existing exchange rate as reasonably determined by the Company. Amounts contributed will be combined with all the money contributed by other Participants, if any, and then sent to the stock plan record keeper (the Record Keeper), who will then forward the amounts to one or more brokers (collectively the Investing Broker) to be used to purchase Common Stock at market prices current at the time of purchase. Purchases may be made on the open market or directly from the Company. The amount of all Participants deductions or contributions will be forwarded by the Company to the Record Keeper at least once a payroll cycle for payroll deduction purchases and as soon as practicable for lump sum and Loan Program purchases. Purchases will be made by the Record Keeper, upon receipt of the funds, no less frequently than once a payroll cycle for payroll deduction purchases and as soon as practicable for lump sum and Loan Program purchases. The purchase price for a Participants stock will be determined by the average of the market prices for the Common Stock purchased for all Participants in connection with the same purchase order placed by the Record Keeper.
Each Participant must specify on the Enrollment Form the amount to be withheld from his or her gross paycheck (multiples of $/£5, minimum of $25/£15 per pay period), and such deductions will remain in effect until the Participant files a new Enrollment Form or elects to terminate deductions.
The current Record Keeper is AST Equity Plan Solutions, a division of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, and the current Investing Broker is Wachovia Securities.
3
FEES AND EXPENSES
The Company will pay the Investing Brokers fees for stock purchases made for Participants. The Company will also pay for the cost of administering the stock bonus feature of the Plan described below. The Investing Broker fees and other charges in connection with sales, or in connection with purchases of Common Stock or other securities not made under the Plan will be payable directly by the Participant ordering such transactions.
PARTICIPANTS ACCOUNTS WITH THE RECORD KEEPER
The Record Keeper will open and maintain an individual account for each Participant and will make purchases of Common Stock for the Participants account using deductions and contributions made for the Participant. Participants accounts will be credited with amounts that would represent fractional shares. Under this feature, cash amounts which are not sufficient to purchase whole shares will be credited to a Participants account as fractional interests. Certificates for fractional shares will not, however, be issued. Upon sale or distribution, a Participant will receive cash for such fractional interests based on the then current market price of the Common Stock as determined by the Record Keeper.
Each Participant will receive a statement each quarter as long as there is a balance in his or her account and all notices of meetings, proxy statements and any other material distributed by the Company for the benefit of its stockholders. A Participant may call the Record Keeper from the U.S. toll-free at 866-709-7704 or from the U.K. at (718) 921-8348 to obtain certain account information and assistance. A Participant may also access certain account information online by visiting the Record Keepers internet site at www.astepsinc.com . These procedures may be changed in the future. The Company will not be responsible for keeping records with respect to the Plan other than for payroll purposes and for purposes of determining the Stock Bonus Awards described below. All other record keeping will be done by the Record Keeper. The Company may receive information about a Participants account, including purchases and sales, under the Plan.
STOCK BONUS AWARDS
Participants will receive a stock bonus of ten percent of the net increase in shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan during a given year (a Stock Bonus Award). Stock Bonus Awards will be based on the net number of shares of Common Stock purchased from January 1 through December 31 of a given year and will be issued to or on behalf of a Participant not later than March 31 following the end of the year. An employee will not receive a Stock Bonus Award unless he or she is an eligible Participant not on probation on the date the Stock Bonus Award is made. Stock Bonus Awards will not be counted as an increase in the number of shares purchased by a Participant during a calendar year.
4
Unless other arrangements satisfactory to the Company in its sole discretion are made, the net increase in the number of shares purchased under the Plan will be based on statements provided by the Record Keeper and the Company will be entitled to rely conclusively on such statements in determining Stock Bonus Awards to be made under the Plan. Because Stock Bonus Awards will be determined by reference to the statements of the Record Keeper, any requests by a Participant for the issuance of shares in certificated form may cause those shares not to be reflected on the statements and accordingly not to be counted for purposes of determining the Stock Bonus Award.
No Stock Bonus Award will be made for an increase in the number of shares of Common Stock held resulting solely from a subdivision or consolidation of shares, the payment of a stock dividend, a stock split or other change in capitalization. Stock Bonus Awards will be appropriately adjusted to reflect the effects of such a change.
SALE OF SHARES
Each Participant may sell all or part of his or her stock by contacting the Record Keeper directly. Sales will be processed as soon as practicable on a daily basis. A Participant will be responsible for any sales or brokerage commission incurred in connection with a sale of shares. The right to receive a Stock Bonus Award may not be sold or transferred.
Persons who are affiliates of the Company within the meaning of applicable federal securities laws and regulations (which, in general, means the executive officers and directors of the Company) may not resell shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan in the absence of an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act or the availability of an exemption from such registration, such as the one afforded by Rule 144 of the 1933 Act. The acquisition of shares of Common Stock by executive officers and non-employee Directors (including the acquisition of shares by bonus awards) as well as any subsequent resale of such shares may be subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the 1934 Act) and the rules issued thereunder regarding short swing trading.
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PLAN PARTICIPATION
Stock Bonus Awards and Special Stock Bonus Awards are subject to applicable income withholding requirements and, unless the Company in its sole discretion accepts another arrangement for the payment of such withholding, that withholding will be deducted from the employees first paycheck following receipt of an Award. Stock Bonus Awards received by non-employee Directors will not be subject to withholding (unless a Director is subject to back-up withholding) but may need to be considered by Directors when making estimated tax payments.
Stock purchases made under the Loan Program will be made with after tax dollars and will not have a tax impact on the employee or provide a tax deduction for the Company.
5
LOAN PROGRAM
ELIGIBILITY
The Loan Program is available to all regular full-time and part-time employees of the Company and its designated subsidiaries. New Loans under the Loan Program are not available to (x) Directors and Executive Officers, (y) employees who are on probation and (z) employees who are employed (i) to perform a specific assignment, (ii) for a period of time of limited duration, (iii) at a location, business unit or division that is being closed, or (iv) who have failed, when required, to execute and deliver an Employee Secrecy and Non-Piracy Agreement. New Loans under the Loan Program are also not available to employees who participated in the Loan Program or a previous loan program and who have disposed of their stock when such disposal was not previously approved by the Companys Human Resources Department. All requests by eligible employees to participate in the Program are subject to approval, disapproval or reductions in loan amount by the Executive Officers of the Company.
LEVELS OF PARTICIPATION
In order to participate in the Loan Program, a participant must agree to borrow a minimum of $10,000/£6,000. If an employees base salary is less than $50,000/£30,000, the maximum aggregate principal amount outstanding of all Loans to the employee under the Loan Program generally will be limited to 50% of the employees base salary. If an employees base salary is greater than or equal to $50,000/£30,000, the maximum aggregate principal amount outstanding of all Loans available to the employee under the Loan Program generally will be limited to 100% of base salary. In either case, the Executive Officers of the Company may, in their sole discretion and if requested, approve a greater amount up to a maximum of four times base salary or, under special circumstances, $1,000,000/£600,000. The aggregate principal amount outstanding of all Loans to an employee may not exceed $1,000,000/£600,000 without the approval of the Companys Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
LOAN TERMS
Amount
The Loan to an employee will be in an original principal amount equal to $10,000/£6,000 and increments above that amount of $2,500/£1,500, as selected by the employee. Loan amounts selected in sterling will be converted by the Company into, and the Loan will be made in, U.S. Dollars at the then existing exchange rate as reasonably determined by the Company. The Loan will be unsecured but will be full recourse to the employee. This means the Loan will represent an unconditional promise to repay the principal amount borrowed plus accrued interest irrespective of the value of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan. Any unpaid
6
principal and interest on the Loan will be due on April 1 of the tenth year from the year the Loan is made. Loans may become due and payable at earlier times upon the occurrence of certain events. See Other Terms below.
Interest
The Loan will accrue interest from the date on which shares are purchased (Closing) until paid in full at a rate of 3% per year. The interest rate may increase if any of the shares (including Special Stock Bonus Awards) acquired under the Loan Program or previous loan programs are sold, pledged or otherwise transferred except as permitted by the Plan. The interest rate may also increase upon termination of employment of an employee who is a specified employee for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. See Other Terms below
Payments
If the original principal amount of the Loan is less than $25,000/£15,000, payment must be made by bi-weekly or monthly payroll deductions, as applicable, which will begin as soon as practicable after Closing. If the Loan amount is greater than or equal to $25,000/£15,000, an employee may elect to make annual payments on March 31 of each year. For annual payment loans made during the first calendar quarter of the year the full annual payment will be due on the following March 31; for annual payment loans made in the second calendar quarter the first payment due will be 75% of the annual amount; for annual payment loans made in the third calendar quarter the first payment due will be 50% of the annual amount and for loans made in the fourth quarter the first payment due will be 25% of the annual amount.
Payment amounts, whether bi-weekly, monthly or annual, will be based on a 3% interest rate per annum and assuming full amortization of the Loan over a 15-year term. The Loan will, however, be due and payable in full on April 1 of the tenth year from the year the loan is made; for example a loan made in August 2007 will be due and payable on April 1, 2017. There will be a balloon payment of remaining principal and accrued interest due at maturity.
7
The following table gives the payment amounts (both recurring and balloon) per $/£1,000 borrowed for biweekly (North American operations), monthly (International operations) and annual payments (all operations). For purposes of calculating the balloon payment the loan is assumed to begin on August 1 of a given year.
Recurring amount | Balloon amount | |||
Bi-weekly |
3.17 | 405.82 | ||
Monthly |
6.90 | 408.42 | ||
Annual |
83.78 | 424.95 |
Other Terms
All Loans under the Loan Program may be prepaid at any time. Prepayments will be applied first to accrued but unpaid interest and then to principal. Unless a prepayment is equal to or greater than 10% of the then outstanding Loan balance, prepayments will not change the amount of required payments; they will instead reduce the balance of the Loan resulting in a smaller balloon payment or full repayment before the normal maturity date. If a prepayment is equal to or greater than 10% of the then outstanding Loan balance the Company will, at a Participants request, prepare a new payment schedule which will provide for the repayment of the remaining Loan balance at the original maturity date in substantially equal installments (either by-weekly or annual, as applicable) on the terms described above.
A Loan will become due and payable at the option of the Company upon (i) the failure by an employee to make any payment when due; (ii) an employees insolvency, application for appointment of receiver, filing of a petition under any bankruptcy law or the making of an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iii) an employees death or long-term disability or (iv) termination of employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, whether voluntary or involuntary, by reason of retirement or otherwise. Loans become due and payable, at the Companys option, six months after termination of employment due to downsizing or reduction in force and 90 days after termination of employment for other reasons, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following termination for employees who are specified employees for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Upon termination of employment of a specified employee, the interest rate for a below market loan to the employee will increase to the applicable federal rate (the AFR) in effect on the Closing of such loan. See For Participants Loans under United States Federal Income Tax Consequences below.
Because the Loan Program is designed to encourage long-term employee ownership of Common Stock, if any shares of Common Stock acquired by a Participant under the Loan Program or previous loan programs (including the Special Stock Bonus Award) are sold, pledged or otherwise transferred, the interest rate on the Loan will be immediately adjusted to a market rate which the Company has determined to be the Prime Rate plus 7%, and payments will also
8
commence immediately at the higher rate. For those making payments by bi-weekly or monthly payroll deduction the payment amount will immediately increase. For those making annual payments, the next payment which would otherwise be due will be immediately due and payable and the remaining annual payment amounts will be increased to reflect the higher rate on the Loan. If a Participant withdraws any such shares from his or her account with the Record Keeper, the Participant must make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the registration and/or custody of the share certificates so that the Company can determine the interest rate and payment terms applicable to the Participants Loan; a failure to make such arrangements will result in the interest rate and payment terms being adjusted as described above.
The Company will consider waiving the foregoing interest rate and payment adjustments if the purpose of the sale is (x) to fund a medical emergency or other financial hardship or (y) to fund an educational need. Any such waiver must be approved by the Companys Human Resource Department in advance.
In addition, the interest rate and payment adjustments will not apply if after giving effect to the sale the then current market value of the shares held in a Participants account with the Record Keeper equals or exceeds two times the then existing Loan balance.
Neither a Loan nor any rights or obligations thereunder will be transferable by the Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The promissory note evidencing the Loan may be sold or transferred by the Company.
SPECIAL STOCK BONUS AWARD
Participants in the Loan Program will receive a stock bonus of five percent of the number of shares of Common Stock purchased under the Loan Program (a Special Stock Bonus Award). Neither shares purchased under the Loan Program nor Special Stock Bonus Awards will be counted as an increase in the number of shares purchased by a Participant during a calendar year under the Plan for purposes of determining regular Stock Bonus Awards. An employee will not receive a Special Stock Bonus Award unless he or she is an eligible Participant not on probation on the date the Special Stock Bonus Award is delivered. No Special Stock Bonus Award will be made for an increase or decrease in a number of shares of Common Stock held resulting solely from a subdivision or consolidation of shares, the payment of a stock dividend, a stock split or other change in capitalization. Special Stock Bonus Awards will be appropriately adjusted to reflect the effects of such a change.
9
COMPANY INCENTIVE PAYMENTS
In connection with the Loan Program the Company will provide an incentive payment based on a five-year compound annual growth in book value (Company Incentive Payment) as follows:
Directors and Executive Officers
For Directors and Executive Officers with Loans in effect on July 30, 2002 (Grandfathered Loans), the scale used to determine the Company Incentive Payment and the method used to calculate the five-year compound annual growth in book value (CAGBV) will remain identical to that in effect on July 30, 2002.
All Other Participants
For all other Participants, the scale used to determine the Company Incentive Payment and the method used to calculate the five-year CAGBV will be as follows:
5 year Compound Annual
|
Company Incentive Payment
as % of Original Loan Balance |
|
Under 11% |
0% | |
11% |
1.25% | |
12% |
1.50% | |
13% |
2.00% | |
14% |
2.50% | |
15% |
3.00% | |
16% |
3.75% | |
17% |
4.50% | |
18% |
5.00% | |
19% |
5.50% | |
20% |
6.25% | |
21% |
7.25% | |
22% |
8.50% | |
23% |
10.00% | |
24% |
12.50% | |
Over 24% |
Discretionary |
10
For purposes of calculating the CAGBV, (i) book value will not be adjusted to exclude the benefit of issuing equity securities before January 1, 2003 at prices above the preceding year-end book value or to exclude goodwill amortization costs resulting from transactions in which equity securities were issued, and (ii) book value will be adjusted to exclude the benefit of issuing equity securities after January 1, 2003, at prices above the preceding year-end book value.
The Board of Directors may amend the scale as well as the method used to calculate CAGBV at any time or from time to time in such respects as it deems advisable in order to respond to changes in the interest rate environment or other factors affecting the CAGBV, and all such modifications will apply to all Loans (other than Grandfathered Loans) then outstanding under the Loan Program.
Payment of Company Incentive Payment
One-half of the calculated annual incentive payment will be applied to a Participants outstanding indebtedness to reduce the amount of the required balloon payment or the Loan balance and one-half of the calculated annual incentive payment, net of taxes required to be withheld on the entire Company Incentive Payment, will be paid directly to the associate by March 31 of a given year. If a Loan commitment is received on or before July 1 of a year, a Participant will be eligible for one-half of the applicable incentive payment, if any, for the year in which the loan is made. A Participant will not receive a Company Incentive Payment unless he or she is an eligible Participant not on probation on the date the Company Incentive Payment is made.
METHOD OF PURCHASES
In order to participate in the Loan Program, each eligible Participant must complete and return a Loan Program Enrollment Agreement to Human Resources. The Enrollment Agreement is available from your Human Resources Department and the Markel Corporation and Markel International intranet websites. Upon execution of the Enrollment Agreement, the Participant irrevocably agrees, subject to any applicable disclosure requirements, to borrow the amount indicated in the Enrollment Agreement and agrees to execute and deliver promissory notes and other agreements that the Company deems necessary or appropriate to implement the Loan Program. Each Enrollment Agreement is subject to acceptance or rejection by the Company, in whole or in part. The Record Keeper will make purchases as soon as practicable under the Loan Program. The purchase price for a Participants stock will be determined by the average price paid for all of the Common Stock purchased for all Participants in connection with the same purchase order placed by the Record Keeper. Shares acquired under the Loan Program may be purchased in the open market or from the Company.
11
A Participant will have full shareholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock acquired under the Loan Program including the right to vote the shares. A Participant has the right to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of such shares; however such actions may result in a higher interest rate and adjusted payment terms.
UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following is a summary of the U.S. Federal income tax consequences to the Company and participants under the Plan. It is general and does not purport to be complete. There may also be applicable state and local taxes. In addition, in some cases it may be important to consider the effect, if any, of gift, estate and inheritance taxes.
NO REPRESENTATION RESPECTING THE TAX TREATMENT OF ANY LOAN HAS BEEN MADE TO A PLAN PARTICIPANT. PLAN PARTICIPANTS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR COUNSEL, ACCOUNTANTS, OR OTHER TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF LOANS GRANTED TO THEM IN RELATION TO THEIR OWN PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION.
Stock purchases made with employee or Director deductions will be made with after-tax dollars and will not have a tax impact on the Participant or provide a tax deduction for the Company. Stock Bonus Awards and Special Stock Bonus Awards will generally be deemed compensation income to a Participant in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date the shares are credited to the Participants account. The Company will also receive an income tax deduction in an amount equal to the amount of compensation recognized by the Participant.
For Participants
The following is general information about tax consequences of the features of the Plan described below under present Federal income tax law and existing, temporary and proposed regulations, which are subject to change at any time.
Special Stock Awards
A participant will receive a stock bonus of five percent of the number of shares of Common Stock purchased under the loan program (see Special Stock Bonus Award above) for which no consideration will be paid. The Special Stock Bonus Award will be taxable compensation to the extent of the fair market value on the date of receipt of the number of shares of Common Stock that constitute the Special Stock Bonus Award. The award will be subject to federal and state income tax withholding and employment taxes.
12
Company Incentive Payment
A participant may receive an incentive payment based on the Companys compound average growth in book value (see Company Incentive Payment above). One-half of this payment will be made in cash and one-half will be applied to reduce the balance of a Participants loan. The full amount of the incentive payment will be taxable compensation and will be subject to federal and state tax withholding and employment taxes.
Loans
The Internal Revenue Code provides that where the interest rate payable on a loan is less than the applicable federal rate (the AFR), the loan is a below market loan and in such case an amount known as foregone interest is treated as transferred from the lender to the borrower, and retransferred by the borrower to the lender as interest. Unless you are notified otherwise, your loans under the Plan are compensation-related below market loans to which the AFR rules apply. Accordingly, in any calendar year in which the aggregate loans outstanding between the Company and a Participant exceed $10,000, the amount of foregone interest must be determined. If the loan remains outstanding for an entire calendar year, the amount of the foregone interest is the excess of (a) the result produced when the appropriate AFR is multiplied by the principal amount of the loan, over (b) the sum of all amounts payable as interest on the loan allocable to the calendar year. The AFR is published by the Internal Revenue Service periodically and is determined when the loan is made. If the loan is outstanding for part of a calendar year, the AFR regulations specify the methodology for determining foregone interest for the part of the calendar year the loan was deemed outstanding. The participant will have imputed taxable income and imputed interest expense equal to the foregone interest each year the loan is outstanding.
If the Common Stock purchased with a loan under the Plan is sold, pledged or withdrawn (see Other Terms above) or for any other reason the terms of the loan are adjusted and as a result the interest rate on the participants loan is increased so that the rate equals or exceeds the AFR (as described above), the amount of foregone interest and imputed income for that year may be reduced or eliminated with respect to the period following the interest rate adjustment.
Imputed interest (as described above) is treated as the payment of investment interest by the participant. Individual taxpayers may deduct investment interest only to the extent of their net investment income for the year. Net investment income is the excess of investment income over investment expenses for the year. Investment income consists of (1) gross income from property held for investment, such as interest and dividends, (2) any net gain from disposition of investment property other than net capital gain (net long-term capital gain in excess of net short-term capital loss), and (3) any net capital gain which a participant elects to include in investment income thereby foregoing the beneficial capital gain tax rate. Investment income does not include imputed income resulting from the application of the AFR rules. Investment expenses
13
are deductible expenses other than interest which are directly related to the production of investment income (after applying the 2% of adjusted gross income floor). Investment interest that is not deductible in a year may be carried over and deducted in future years, subject to the applicable limitations.
Income imputed to a participant under the AFR rules is not subject to income tax withholding, but is subject to tax and withholding under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (Social Security). Such withholding will be made periodically from a Participants paycheck. The Company is required to report the amount of the imputed income on the participants W-2 each year. In addition, the Company will timely furnish each participant with the information pertaining to the amount and computation of foregone interest.
The principal amount of a loan to acquire Common Stock will be the participants tax basis for the purpose of determining gain or loss on the subsequent sale or exchange of the Common Stock.
For the Company
The Company usually will be entitled to a business expense deduction at the time and in the amount that the participant recognizes ordinary income in connection with a loan or upon the receipt of a Special Stock Bonus Award or Company Incentive Payment. In addition, any payments of loan interest by the participant to the Company would be taxable income to the Company. Generally, the Company is not taxed on a participants repayment of principal of a loan.
In addition, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally imposes a $1,000,000 limitation on the annual compensation deduction allowable to a publicly held corporation in respect of its chief executive officer and its other four most highly paid officers. This section may limit the Companys deductions for payments under the Plan.
UNITED KINGDOM TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following is a summary of the UK income tax and National Insurance Contributions (NIC) consequences to the participants under the Plan. It is general and does not purport to be complete.
NO REPRESENTATION RESPECTING THE TAX TREATMENT OF ANY LOAN HAS BEEN MADE TO A PLAN PARTICIPANT. PLAN PARTICIPANTS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR ACCOUNTANT OR OTHER TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF LOANS GRANTED TO THEM IN RELATION TO THEIR OWN PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION.
14
Stock Purchases
Stock purchases made with employee deductions will be made out of salary net of tax and employees NIC (net salary).
Bonus Awards
Stock Bonus Awards and Special Stock Bonus Awards will be treated as a Participants taxable income equal in amount to the open market value of the stock on the date the shares are credited to the Participants account. For this purpose the open market value of the stock will be converted into sterling using the then existing exchange rate as reasonably determined by the Company.
Stock Bonus Awards and Special Stock Bonus Awards are subject to deduction of income tax and employees NIC at source under the PAYE system. Unless the Company in its sole discretion accepts another arrangement for the payment of such tax and NIC, the tax and NIC will be deducted from the employees monthly net paycheck due within 30 days following the award. If payroll deduction is insufficient to finance the payment of tax and NIC, the Company reserves the right to cause the sale of sufficient shares of the stock credited to the Participants account to fund the payment of the tax and NIC.
Company Incentive Payments
Company Incentive Payments are subject to deduction of income tax and employees NIC at source under the PAYE system.
Loans
UK tax law provides that where the interest rate payable by an employee on a loan from his or her employer or an associated company is less than the Official Rate, the loan is a beneficial loan and in such a case the employee is taxable on the difference between the interest at the Official Rate and the actual rate of interest.
The amount subject to tax is called the cash equivalent of the benefit of the loan. Official Rates are prescribed by the Treasury from time to time.
No tax is due if the total of all loans from the employer or an associated company does not exceed £5,000 at any time during the tax year. For this purpose, all loans (for example, advances of salary for season ticket purchase or gym membership) must be taken into account. Thus if an employee has a season ticket loan whose maximum in the tax year is £2,500 and takes out in the same year a loan to purchase stock whose sterling value is £3,000, tax will be due on the cash equivalent of both loans. There is no exemption for the first £5,000 of the loans outstanding in the tax year.
15
If the Common Stock purchased with a loan under the Plan is sold, pledged or withdrawn (see Other Terms above) or for any other reason the terms of a loan are adjusted and as a result the interest rate on the participants loan is increased, so that the rate equals or exceeds the Official Rate, the loan will cease to be a beneficial loan and no further taxable income will arise in respect of that loan.
There are two alternative ways of calculating the taxable benefit from one or more beneficial loans. One is known as the normal averaging method and applies automatically unless
|
the employee elects for the other (known as the alternative precise method) or |
|
HM Revenue & Customs gives notice that it intends to use the alternative precise method. |
The choice of method is available for each loan separately.
The normal averaging method of calculation is based on
|
the average amount of the loan calculated by reference to the maximum opening and closing balances at the beginning and end of the tax year. If the loan was not in existence throughout the whole year, the average is based on the maximum balances on the dates the loan was made or discharged; and |
|
the average appropriate Official Rate of interest for the tax year or for such shorter period as the loan was in existence. |
The alternative method of calculation involves
|
dividing the appropriate Official Rate by 365 and |
|
applying that to the total of the maximum amounts of the loan outstanding on each day of the tax year. |
In effect the total amounts of the maximum balances on the loan for each day are converted into the equivalent balance for one day to which one days interest charge is applied at the appropriate Official Rate. Any interest paid on the loan for the tax year is then deducted to arrive at the chargeable benefit for that year.
16
In calculating the chargeable benefit from a beneficial loan, interest paid is deductible only if it has actually been paid and if it has been paid for the relevant tax year. It does not have to be paid in the tax year to qualify.
At the end of each tax year the employer is required to give particulars of the benefits provided for each employee on form P11D. This includes beneficial loans. The employee is required to include any benefits provided for him or her in the annual Tax Return.
No employees NIC is due on the provision of a beneficial loan.
MISCELLANEOUS
The Board of Directors may terminate or amend the Plan (including the Loan Program) at any time or from time to time in such respects as it deems advisable.
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) a registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to the securities described in this document.
The Company files reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. You may read and copy any reports, statements and other information filed by the Company at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. The Commissions website is www.sec.gov.
The documents listed below have been filed with the Commission and are incorporated by reference into this document
(a) | The Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. |
(b) | The Companys Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2008, June 30, 2008 and September 30, 2008. |
(c) | Reports on Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2008 and April 30, 2008. |
(d) | The description of the Common Stock contained in the Companys Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on April 17, 2000 under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including any amendments to such Registration Statement hereafter filed. |
17
All documents subsequently filed by the Company under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 and 15(d) of the 1934 Act, prior to the filing of a post-effective amendment which indicates that all securities offered hereby have been sold or which deregisters all such securities then remaining unsold, will be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this document and to be a part hereof from the date of filing of such documents.
The Company will provide, without charge, to each person to whom this document is delivered, upon oral or written request of such person, a copy of any and all information that has been incorporated by reference in this document and a copy of the most recent annual report to shareholders. Such requests should be directed to Pam Perrott, Senior Vice President of Human Resources, Markel Corporation, 4521 Highwoods Parkway, Glen Allen, Virginia 23060 (telephone: (804) 965-1730).
The Plan described in this document will be administered and interpreted by the Companys Human Resources Department whose decisions will be final and binding.
18
Exhibit 10.16
Description of Non-Employee Director Compensation
Each non-employee director of Markel Corporation (Company) receives for services as director an annual fee of $30,000, plus reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings and training sessions attended at the Companys request. The Company also matches up to $5,000 per year in charitable contributions made by each non-employee director.
Each non-employee director other than Lemuel Lewis previously received a one-time award of 1,000 Restricted Stock Units under the Companys Omnibus Incentive Plan. All such awards have vested and shares issued with the exception of the award to J. Alfred Broaddus, Jr., which will fully vest in 2009. A one-time award of 250 Restricted Stock Units made to Mr. Lewis when he joined the Board in 2007 has also vested and the shares issued.
In 2008, all non-employee directors except Mr. Broaddus received an award of 200 shares of Restricted Stock, which will vest in May 2009. It is currently anticipated that a similar grant will be made to all non-employee directors for 2009.
Non-employee directors are also eligible to participate, up to the total amount of fees received by the director, in the Companys Employee Stock Purchase and Bonus Plan (Stock Plan). Under the Stock Plan, amounts specified by a director are withheld from that directors fees and forwarded to an independent administrator who purchases shares of the Companys Common Stock on behalf of the director participant. In addition, the Company provides a bonus of 10% of the net increase in shares owned under the Stock Plan in a calendar year.
Exhibit 21
CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF MARKEL CORPORATION
Subsidiary |
State or Other
Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization |
|
Essex Insurance Company |
Delaware | |
Markel Insurance Company |
Illinois | |
Markel American Insurance Company |
Virginia | |
Shand/Evanston Group, Inc. |
Virginia | |
Evanston Insurance Company |
Illinois | |
Gryphon Holding Inc. |
Delaware | |
Associated International Insurance Company |
Illinois | |
Deerfield Insurance Company |
Illinois | |
Markel Ventures, Inc. |
Virginia | |
Markel Properties, LLC |
Virginia | |
Markel Capital Holdings Limited |
England | |
Markel Capital Limited |
England | |
Terra Nova (Bermuda) Holdings Ltd. |
Bermuda | |
Markel International Limited |
England | |
Markel International Insurance Company Limited |
England |
Exhibit 23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Markel Corporation:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements No. 333-101545, No. 333-107661, No. 333-143392 and No. 333-143393 on Form S-8 and No. 333-142611 and No. 333-156265 on Form S-3 of Markel Corporation of our reports dated February 26, 2009, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Markel Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, which reports appear in the December 31, 2008 annual report on Form 10-K of Markel Corporation.
As discussed in note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48 related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes on January 1, 2007. As discussed in note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158 related to defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans as of December 31, 2006.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Richmond, Virginia
February 26, 2009
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
I, Alan I. Kirshner, certify that:
1. | I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Markel Corporation; |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. | The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
b) | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
d) | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. | The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
March 2, 2009 |
/s/ Alan I. Kirshner |
|
Alan I. Kirshner | ||
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
I, Richard R. Whitt, III, certify that:
1. | I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Markel Corporation; |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. | The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
b) | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
d) | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. | The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
March 2, 2009 |
/s/ Richard R. Whitt, III |
|
Richard R. Whitt, III | ||
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
FURNISHED PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
In connection with the Annual Report of Markel Corporation (the Company) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Alan I. Kirshner, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. | The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
2. | The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
/s/ Alan I. Kirshner |
Alan I. Kirshner |
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
March 2, 2009 |
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
FURNISHED PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
In connection with the Annual Report of Markel Corporation (the Company) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Richard R. Whitt, III, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. | The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
2. | The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
/s/ Richard R. Whitt, III |
Richard R. Whitt, III |
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
March 2, 2009 |